I j I Kli ABLY 
 
 III' Till. 
 
 IWttmsUu oi ^ctliftri;uta. 
 
 Ao. 
 
 /)/'/•/ si o//, 
 Ramgc 
 ShM 
 
 /~z/SJ 
 
 
 University of California. 
 
 GIFT < >K 
 
 1ST*. 
 
■ ■■' .■'•-■■..■■■.••'••- ■■ 
 
L I B R A K V 
 
 UNIVKKSJTV of 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
KAMILABOI, 
 
 AND OTHEB 
 
 AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES, 
 
 ZB"3T ttETT. WILLIAM HILLEY. 
 
 B.A. OF THE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, AND M.A. OF THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY. 
 
 SECOND EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED BY THE AUTHOR; WITH COMPARATIVE 
 TABLES OF WORDS FROM TWENTY AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES, 
 
 SONGS, TRADITIONS, 
 
 LAWS AND CUSTOMS OF THE AUSTRALIAN RACE. 
 
 LI B R A \{ Y 
 
 \ X-LX KKS1T Y oi 
 
 CALIFORNIA 
 
 THOMAS RICHARDS, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, PHILLIP-STREET, SYDNEY. 
 
 i8 7 5- 
 
s>7 #< 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Prefatory Note v 
 
 Kamilaroi — 
 
 Grammar 3 
 
 Vocabulary 17 
 
 Phrases 39 
 
 Paraphrases 40 
 
 "Wailwun 47 
 
 Phrases 51 
 
 Kogai 55 
 
 Pikumbul 59 
 
 Dippil — 
 
 Vocabulary 63 
 
 Dialogues 70 
 
 TURRUBUL — 
 
 Grammar 77 
 
 Vocabulary 80 
 
 Dialogue r 88 
 
 Paraphrases 89 
 
 Turuwul — 
 
 Vocabulary 99 
 
 Phrases 101 
 
 George's Eiver Language 103 
 
 "Wodi-wodi Ill 
 
 "Words used at Twofold Bat 115 
 
 The Names of Australia and its Inhabitants 117 
 
 Comparative Tables of "Words in Twenty Languages 119 
 
 Traditions 135 
 
 Tales in Tharumba and Thurawal 143 
 
 Bao-illi — Songs ... 148 
 
 Habits and Manners of the People 151 
 
 Institutions and Laws... 153 
 
 Laws of Marriage and Descent 161 
 
 Bandom Illustrations of Aboriginal Life and Character 166 
 
 A Parting "Word for the Bace of Murri 171 
 
ILLXJSTR^lTIONS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Telopea speciosissima ( Waratah, or Native Tulip) 2 
 
 Maesilea ptjbescens (Nardoo) 62 
 
 Clianthus dampieeii (Sturfs Desert Pea) 76 
 
 Steeculia eupesteis {Bottle Tree) 116 
 
1 6 f 
 i 
 
 I .IB1/A U\ 
 
 I VKHS1TY OF 
 
 CALI FORNIA, j 
 
 PEEFATOEY NOTE. 
 
 HE information presented in the following pages, on the 
 Kamilar6i, Dippil, and Turrubul languages, was chiefly 
 obtained by the author during three years' missionary effort 
 among the Aborigines of Australia, including journeys over 
 Liverpool Plains, the Barwan or Darling, and its tributaries, 
 the Namoi, the Bundarra, the Macintyre, and the Mooni ; also, along 
 the Balonne or Condamine, across Darling Downs, by the Brisbane 
 Biver, and in a circuit about Moreton Bay. In the year 1871 the 
 author again visited the Namoi and the Barwan, for a few weeks, at the 
 request of the Government, in order to obtain further information on 
 the language and traditions of the Aborigines. The shortness of the 
 time spent in the research will account for the fragmentary character 
 of this contribution to the Philology of Australia. In seeking 
 knowledge of the languages, with a view to the communication of 
 instruction to the Aborigines, the author gladly accepted the aid of 
 colonists who, during many years' residence among that people, had 
 learned to converse with them in their own tongue. He was especially 
 indebted for instruction in the Kamilaroi to the Bev. Charles G. 
 Greenway, now of Bundarra, who had lived in his youth at Colle- 
 mungool (a Kamilaroi name, meaning, Broadwater), on the Barwan; 
 to James Davies, blacksmith, Brisbane, who lived thirteen years with 
 the blacks near "Wide Bay, Queensland, for instruction in Dippil ; and 
 
VI PREFATORY NOTE. 
 
 to Mr. Petrie, of Brisbane, for instruction in Turrubul. Both before 
 and after receiving this help, the author communicated with the 
 Aborigines in the districts where these three languages are spoken ; 
 and verified and extended, by his own observations, the information 
 thus supplied. Limited as is the author's acquaintance with the 
 several languages referred to, he has met with abundant evidence of 
 their remarkable regularity, and of the exactness with which they 
 express various shades of thought. The inflections of verbs and nouns, 
 the derivation and composition of words, the arrangement of sentences, 
 and the methods of imparting emphasis, indicate an accuracy of 
 thought, and a force of expression, surpassing all that is commonly 
 supposed to be attainable by a savage race. 
 
 Their tradition concerning Baia-me (the Maker of All) as a ray 
 of true light which has passed down through many generations, may 
 well suggest to their Christian fellow-countrymen that this branch of 
 the family of Man has been from the beginning an object of our 
 Heavenly Father's preserving mercy. And for what purpose have 
 they been thus preserved ? 
 
 A practical answer to that question, as far as regards a small 
 number of the race, has been given by the unequivocal success of the 
 Christian missions at Poonindie and at Port Macleay in South 
 Australia, at Coranderrk, Bamahyuk, and Wimmera in Victoria. 
 At those and other places, where Australian Aborigines have been 
 instructed by word and example in the Gospel which was designed for 
 all mankind, some of them have by consistent adherence to the rule 
 of Christian life, and by the words of rejoicing hope in death, proved 
 the reality of their conversion to God. 
 
KAMILAEOI: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines of the Hamoi, Barwan, Bundarra, 
 
 and Balonne Riuers, and of Liverpool Plains 
 
 and the Upper Hunter. 
 
OF 
 
 JALIFi 
 
 l^amtlarot Grammar. 
 
 HE Aborigines of Australia having no written language, the 
 use of European letters to express their vocables is to some 
 extent arbitrary. In accordance with the practice of those 
 who have reduced to writing the Polynesian languages, five 
 English vowels and sixteen consonants are used in this 
 grammar, to represent the sounds hereunder attached to them. 
 Throughout this work, in adopting the words in other Australian 
 languages which have been furnished by the several writers to whom 
 I am indebted for information, I have taken the liberty of spelling 
 them according to this system, so as to compare them with Kamilaroi. 
 a, as a, in father 
 
 a as a in mat 
 e as ey in obey 
 
 e as e in net 
 
 \ as i in ravine 
 
 i as i in it 
 
 o as o in tone 
 
 b as in bad 
 
 d as in do 
 
 g as in goose 
 
 h as in hat 
 
 as o in on 
 
 ii as oo in moon 
 
 u as u in tun 
 
 ai as i in wine 
 
 ao as ow in how 
 
 oi as oi in noise 
 
 j as in James 
 k as in kin 
 
 1 as in lot 
 mas in me 
 
4 KAMILAROI GRAMMAR. 
 
 n as in no 
 g as ng in sing 
 p as in pin 
 r as in rate 
 
 t as in to 
 v as in vain 
 w «s in way 
 y as m ye 
 
 It is pronounced with more force than in English. So sharp and 
 forcible is the native pronunciation of r in the names Yarr and 
 Wolgerr, that those who reduced these names to writing spelt them 
 " Yass" and " Walgett," and so they will probably be written in our 
 maps and books to the end of the world. There is no sound of s. 
 The nasal », written n, or TJ, occurs often at the beginning of a 
 syllable. 
 
 The letters dh are used to represent the sound of th in than. 
 Instead of /, the sound of dy- or ty- (y being always a consonant) is 
 often used ; that is, in words where some aborigines distinctly utter 
 the/ sound, others soften it to ty, or even t or d. They also frequently 
 give an aspiration after the initial consonant : thus " baia" is some- 
 times sounded " b-h-aia." There are many words in which the sound 
 of h and that of y are sometimes inserted. 
 
 In Kamilaroi, every syllable ends in a vowel or a liquid. They 
 avoid the sound of two consonants together, even though one is a liquid. 
 Thus, Doctor Milner is called by the blacks " Docketer Milener." In 
 many words the vowel interposed between two consonants is very short. 
 Some who have reduced this language to writing call it Kamilroi, some 
 Gummilroy ; but the aborigines insert a short sound between the I and 
 the r. It is about equal to the sheva or half-vowel, as pronounced by 
 Hebrew scholars; and, following the method of expressing the composite 
 
sheva in the Hebrew grammars, this word may be written thus — 
 " Kamil a roi." The tendency of the aborigines to attach a vowel to 
 every consonant is known to all who have observed their pronunciation 
 of English words. 
 
 They habitually soften the sound of the thin mutes, so that it is 
 difficult to determine, in many instances, whether the consonant they 
 sound is b or p, d or t, g or k. This accounts for the divergencies in 
 spelling. Again, between the short vowel sounds of a and u it is often 
 difficult to determine. "When it is remembered that miscellany, servant, 
 banana, abundance, are pronounced by many English people as if they 
 were spelt " miscelluny, servunt, bunana, abun dunce," or, at least, so 
 that no stranger to the language could decide whether the vowel sound 
 in each case was a or u, it will not appear surprising that the short 
 vowels, and especially the half-vowels, of Kamil a roi should be 
 differently rendered by different observers. In support of the spelling 
 " KamiProi" in preference to " Gumilroi," it may be here added that, 
 when pronouncing the word "kamil" (no) emphatically, the blacks 
 give the first syllable a prolonged sound, as of a in father. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 Nouns are declined by suffixes. 
 
 There are two nominative cases ; the first simply naming the 
 object of attention, the second indicating the agent of the act described 
 in a verb. 
 
 Often, however, the agent suffix is omitted, even before an active 
 verb. 
 
KAMILAROI GRAMMAR. 
 
 The suffixes are -du. {the sign of the agent) ; -nu. {of or belonging to) ; 
 -go {to) ; -di {from) ; -da {in); -kunda {with, i.e., remaining at rest with; 
 this suffix is related to kundi, a house) ; -gunda or -kale {going ivith). 
 
 Example. 
 
 1st Nom. : mullion, an eagle. mullionda, in an eagle. 
 
 C with an eagle 
 2nd Nom. : mulliondu, an eagle as agent, mullioukunda, < 
 
 ( at rest. 
 
 ( icith an eagle 
 Possessive: mullion nil, of an eagle. mullionkale, ] . 
 
 ( m motion. 
 
 Objective : mullion, an eagle. 
 
 mulliongo, to an eagle. 
 
 mullioudi, from an eagle. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 Pronouns are declined in some respects like nouns. They have 
 distinct dual and plural forms. All the personal pronouns begin with 
 the nasal n. 
 
 I. — Personal Pronouns. 
 1. naia, I. 2. ljinda, thou. 
 
 nai, my. yinnu, thy. 
 
 ljunna, me. ljinnuna, thee. 
 
 ijulle, we two — thou and I. yindfile, ye two. 
 
 nullina, we two — he and I. 
 
 neane, we. nindai, ye. 
 
 neanenu, our. 
 
3. ijernia, he or she. 
 
 gergu or gundi, his or her. 
 
 ljarma, they. 
 
 guyuggun, my own or our own. 
 
 The nasal at the beginning is sometimes softened down very much, 
 especially in the second person, which is often pronounced inda. 
 
 II. — Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 ])ubbo or numma, this. 
 
 ljuruma, that by you (iste). 
 
 nerma or rjutta, that yonder (ille). 
 
 III. — Interrogative Pronouns. 
 
 andi? who? [hence the verb "anduma," tell who.] 
 minima? which? 
 
 minna ? or minya ? what ? [hence minyago ? why ?~\ 
 minyuijgai ? how many ? 
 
 IV. — Indefinite Pronouns. 
 
 kanugo, all ; guno, all. 
 minnaminnahul, all things whatever. 
 
 ljarage, other; ljaragedul, another (hence ijarageduli, at (mother 
 time). 
 
8 KAMILAROI GRAMMAR. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 The modifications of verbs are very numerous and exact. There 
 are causative, permissive, reflective, reciprocal, and other conjugations. 
 Eor example, from the root nummil {see) comes nummilmulle {cause to 
 see or show) ; frombuma {beat) comes bumanabille {alloiv to be beaten). 
 
 " Gir" (verily), an adverb of emphatic affirmation, is frequently 
 used with the past indicative. " Yeal" {merely) is commonly used with 
 the same tense, when the intention is to give assurance that the speaker 
 having told the truth, will add nothing more as a reason or excuse for 
 the fact. In answer to the question, Why did you come ? a black- 
 fellow may say, "yeal yanani," I just came ; that's all. 
 
 Example. 
 { Root) goal speak. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Past : goald°ne {contracted) goe spoke. 
 
 gir goe did speak. 
 
 Past in small degree : goahjain or goalne spoke to-day. 
 
 gir goahjain did speak to-day. 
 
 Past in greater degree : goalmien {or gir goalmien) spoke yesterday. 
 
 Past still more : golillen spoke long ago. 
 
 Present : goalda speaks. 
 
 Euture : goalie will speak. 
 
 " Yila" and "yerala," "soon" and "by-and-by" are often used 
 before this tense of the verb. 
 
 goahjari or goabjurri icill speak to-morrow. 
 
 Sometimes "nuruko," to-morrow, is used with this tense. It is 
 not necessary. 
 
IMPERATIVE. 
 
 go'alla speak. 
 
 goallawa speak ; you must and shall ! 
 
 The emphasis and urgency of the command is measured by the 
 prolongation of the syllable -wa. 
 
 go'almia speak, if you can, or if you dare. 
 
 This ironical imperative mood is common to all verbs. It is 
 remarkably indicative of the character of the race — scornful and 
 jocular ; irony is ingrained in their nature. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 golildai speak. 
 
 Ex. : yelle ljinda go'aldai if you speak. 
 
 Eor the potential they use a compound of the indicative future 
 with an adjective : thus, — 
 
 murru nai goalie 
 
 I can speak. 
 able (good) I will speak 
 
 yamma ninda murru goalie ? ) 
 
 > can yoit speak ? 
 (icord of interrogation) you able will speak ) 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 Imperfect : go'aldendai speaking. 
 
 Perfect: goalnendai having spoken. 
 
 goalmiendai having spoken yesterday. 
 
 goallendai having spoken long ago. 
 
10 
 
 KAMILAROI GRAMMAR. 
 
 Past : 
 
 Present 
 Future : 
 
 Past 
 
 Present 
 Future : 
 
 wimi put, or put dozen. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 wimi or gir wimi did put. 
 
 wimulije or wimulgain put down to-day. 
 
 wimulmien put dozen yesterday. 
 
 wimullen put down long ago. 
 
 wimulda puts. 
 
 wirrmlle will put. 
 
 wimulgari will put to-morrow. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 wimulla put down. 
 
 wimullawa put dozen ; yozi must ! 
 
 wimulmiaor wimunnumia... put dozen, if you dare. 
 
 kage take. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 kane took. 
 
 kfuje took to-day. 
 
 kamien took yesterday. 
 
 kaijen took some days ago. 
 
 kabaniu took long ago. 
 
 kagila or kawa is taking. 
 
 kage zeill take. 
 
 kayari zcill take to-morrow. 
 
VERBS. 
 
 11 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 kfuja take. 
 
 kSnawS take ; you must and shall ! 
 
 kilnamia take, if you dare. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 kagillendai taking. 
 
 Tai (Wither) prefixed to kane makes it mean bring : taikaga — bring. 
 Prom yanani (icent) is derived in the same way taiyanani (came). 
 
 Past : 
 
 Present 
 Puture : 
 
 winun hear, understand. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 winurji heard. 
 
 winunanain heard to-day. 
 
 Avinuijulmien lieard yesterday. 
 
 wmurjullain heard long ago. 
 
 wmmjulda hears. 
 
 winmjulle will hear. 
 
 wmmjulijari will hear to-morrow. 
 
IMPERATIVE. 
 
 wiimijulla hear. 
 
 winmjullawa hear ; you must ! 
 
 winui)ulmia hear, if you can. 
 
 yamma gincla gunna wimnjulda ? {interrog.) you me understand t 
 gir winuiji yes, I understand. 
 
 gimbi or gim°bi make. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Past : gim°bi made. 
 
 gim bilijen made {to-day) . 
 
 gim°bilmien made {yesterday) . 
 
 gimbillen made {long ago). 
 
 Present : ginibildona makes. 
 
 Euture : gim°billc will make. 
 
 gim°bili)ari icill make to-morrow. 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 gimbilla or gim°bildi make. 
 
 gimbillawa make ! you must ! 
 
 gim°bilmia make it yourself {I icon't) . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 gimbildai make. 
 
PARTICIPLES. 
 
 gimbildendai making. 
 
 gimbilgendai having made. 
 
 gimbilmiendai having made yesterday. 
 
 gimbillendai having made long ago. 
 
 Past : 
 
 Present : 
 Future : 
 
 L i n /.' 
 
 ginya be, become. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 ginyi or gir ginyi was. 
 
 gir gigge was to-day. 
 
 gir gimmien was yesterday. 
 
 gir gig gen was long ago. 
 
 gigila or gilla is, becomes. 
 
 gigi will be. 
 
 gig-gari will be to-morrow . 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 ginya, gia, or kia be. 
 
 '-V; 
 
 •v li 
 
 c 4Lii 
 
 
 Oj 
 
 'o/. v/ . 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 gindai , be 
 
 ( yelle ginda yili gindai 
 I if V ou angry be. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 gindai, ginyendai, gimmiendai. 
 
DERIVATION AND COMPOSITION. 
 
 Adjectives and nouns are combined for the formation of new 
 epithets. Thus "rnuga" means blind or stupid ; " miigabinna" (blind 
 ears) signifies deaf. Adjectives are also formed by adding suffixes to 
 nouns. From "yul" (food) come "yiilarai" (full, satisfied) and "yulnin" 
 (hungry)) from "kolle" (water) "kollenin" (thirsty). Prom "yinar" 
 comes "yinararai" (having a loife) ; from " giwir" conies " giwirarai" 
 (having a husband) ; from " gulir" comes " gulirarai" (having a 
 spouse) — three terms for married. The suffix -arai (having) is 
 applied by the blacks to the English word milk, to make " milimbrai" 
 (milkers, i.e., cows giving milk). Erom "bul" (jealousy) comes 
 "biilarai" (jealous). " -dul" is an adjective suffix; as "yaruL" a 
 stone, " yaruldul" stony, -dul is used with a diminutive meaning ; 
 thus, "warurjgul" mighty, "waruijguldul" somewhat mighty or strong, 
 "narage" other, " naragedul" another; " birradul" (youth) and 
 "miedul" (maiden), meaning having something of the boy, and 
 having something (not much) of the girl left. 
 
 Verbs are formed from nouns, pronouns, and adverbs. Thus, from 
 "mil" (the eye) comes " milmil" (to see) ; from "andi" (who?) comes 
 "anduma" (say who). 
 
 Erom the particle "yeal" (merely ovjust so) come "yealo" (also) 
 "yealokwai" (like) " yealokwaima" (likewise). 
 
 The noun giru (truth) is evidently from the particle gir, meaning 
 yes, or indeed. 
 
SYNTAX. 15 
 
 The names of this and the neighbouring languages are derived 
 from the negative adverb ; thus " kamil a roi" from " Kami!" {no) ; 
 " wol a roi" from " wol" {no) ; " wailwun" from " wail" {no) ; both 
 "wiraiarai" and "wiradhuri" are from "wira" {no). "Plkumbul," the 
 language spoken on the "Weir River, to the north-west of New England, 
 is named from its affirmative, u pika" (yes). Cf. Langue d'oc and 
 Langue d'oil, or d'oui, in France. " Pika" is the name of one of the 
 languages of Central Africa. 
 
 SYNTAX. 
 
 The usual order of words in a sentence is this, — nominative, 
 accusative, verb. Adverbs are placed before the verbs, often also before 
 the nominative. Ex. gr. — 
 
 ^yamma rjinda ijunna gummi? 
 < {adv. of interrog.) you me saw ? 
 \ did you see me ? 
 gir rjai uinnuna ijummi, 
 verily I you saw. 
 kamil ijaia ginnuna ijummi, 
 not I you saw. 
 
 rjinda gai yaraman gummilmulla, 
 you my horse show {make to see). 
 
 After "kurria," cease, the verb indicating the action to be 
 abandoned is in the imperative. Thus "kurria goalla," cease talking ! 
 
VOCABULARY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 I.— NOUNS. 
 
 1. Deity. 
 
 God Baia-me or B-haia-me. 
 
 In Wiradhuri the word is pronounced Baiamai. This name of 
 Deity is known among many tribes on the Narran, the Darling and 
 its tributaries. It is evidently derived, as Bev. C. C. Greenway has 
 pointed out, from " baia," to make or build. In the ancient and still 
 preserved creed of the Mum — " He who built all things is Baia-me." 
 
 The Kamilaroi blacks say that Baia-me made all things ; that he 
 is resting away in the far west. They never saw him, but regard thunder 
 as his voice. 
 
 Spirit, ghost, or subordinate deity wunda. 
 
 In all parts of Eastern Australia the aborigines apply the word 
 which commonly signifies spirit, demon, or angel, to the white man. 
 About Moreton Bay " makoron" and " mudhere" signify ghost, and 
 each of these words is applied to white men. So the Namoi and 
 Barwan blacks call white men " wunda." 
 
18 
 
 VOCABULARY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 2. Man : his distinctive and relative names. 
 
 man (vir) giwir 
 
 woman yinar or mar 
 
 {They have no word for "homo.") 
 Australian 
 
 aboriginal 
 
 mum 
 
 white man wunda 
 
 full man borba 
 
 young man who 
 
 has attended i^kubura 
 
 a bora 
 young man not 
 
 yet admitted ibiribirai 
 
 to the bora J 
 
 young man yiramurrun 
 
 boy birri 
 
 boy {youth) birridul 
 
 boy (very small) kiriga 
 
 girl mie 
 
 girUSSftSSo misdul 
 
 voung woman "j 
 
 mamurawuri 
 
 (whose breasts begin V 
 
 baby kahjalorkaindul 
 
 father buba 
 
 mother rumba 
 
 spouse (hu ti a f") dor gulir 
 
 child, offspring kai 
 
 son wurume 
 
 daughter gumuna 
 
 elder brother daiadi 
 
 younger brother gulami or colami 
 
 elder sister boadi or bukandi 
 
 younger sister bure or boriandi 
 
 uncle 
 uncle's wife 
 
 nephew 
 
 karodi or kurugi 
 pamandi 
 wurumuijadi or 
 kurugandi 
 
 niece numunadi 
 
 childless woman maredul 
 spouseless JS^ gulir-taliba 
 
 old (grey) 
 old woman 
 chief 
 
 diria 
 
 yambuli 
 
 durunmi 
 
 to appear) 
 
 Children call their mother gum ! or gunidi ! 
 
 Family names of men ippai, murri (or baia), kubbi, kumbo. 
 
 Corresponding names of women ippata, mata, kapota, biltii ; 
 
 sometimes pronounced ippatha, matha (or madtha), kubbothii, and 
 budha (or budtha). 
 

 NOUNS HUMAN BODY. 
 
 19 
 
 
 The human body : — 
 
 
 head 
 
 ( ga, or gha, or 
 (kaoga 
 
 shoulder 
 
 ( walor, wullar, or 
 I wolar 
 
 hair 
 
 tegul 
 
 arm 
 
 bunun 
 
 brains 
 forehead 
 
 kombiri 
 ljulu 
 
 great muscle of) 
 
 ?-pupa 
 the humerus ) 
 
 eye 
 
 mil 
 
 elbow 
 
 dm 
 
 eye-brow 
 
 ljuyin or neare 
 
 wrist 
 
 nunuga 
 
 eye-lash 
 
 dinm.il 
 
 hand 
 
 murra 
 
 nose 
 
 muru 
 
 right-hand side turial 
 
 nostrils 
 
 muyuda 
 
 left-hand side 
 
 warragal 
 
 cheek 
 
 wa or kwati 
 
 thumb 
 
 gunederba 
 
 lips 
 
 ille or kumai 
 
 little finger 
 
 bumbugal 
 
 teeth 
 
 yira or Ira 
 
 knuckle 
 
 biel 
 
 tongue 
 
 tulle 
 
 finger-nails 
 
 yiilu 
 
 ear 
 
 binna 
 
 side 
 
 numun 
 
 chin 
 
 tal • 
 
 loins, waist 
 
 gulur 
 
 beard 
 
 yare 
 
 ribs 
 
 turrur 
 
 moustache 
 
 but! 
 
 heart 
 
 ki or gi 
 
 throat 
 
 wuru or dildil 
 
 lungs 
 
 kaogi 
 
 neck 
 
 nun 
 
 liver 
 
 kanna 
 
 breast 
 
 birri 
 
 kidneys 
 
 mukar or mogur 
 
 breast (ofivoman)qximmu. 
 
 belly 
 
 mubal or mobal 
 
 back 
 
 guria or bao-a 
 
 [hence "mubalyal" pregnant.~\ 
 
 [Prom biri (breast) and bao-a (bach) come " birrije" 
 (in front) and"bao-»je" (behind).] 
 
 hip 
 
 mila 
 
 shoulder-blade 
 
 pilara 
 
 thigh 
 
 durra 
 
20 
 
 VOCABULARY OF KAMILABOI. 
 
 knee 
 
 loo* 
 
 dinblr 
 (buiyo or 
 ( po'iyu 
 
 great toe (see 
 thumb) 
 
 { guncderba 
 
 lc o 
 
 blood 
 
 
 gue 
 
 calf 
 
 wuruka 
 
 vein 
 
 
 buran 
 
 ankle 
 
 nor 
 
 bone 
 
 
 bura or burar 
 
 foot 
 
 dinna 
 
 fat 
 
 
 ghori 
 
 heel 
 
 tag a 
 
 skin 
 
 
 yuli 
 
 3. Animals. 
 
 {Many animals, especially birds, are named from the sounds they utter."] 
 
 adder 
 
 miindar 
 
 animal <g££Sf di or dhi 
 ant dunu 
 
 ant (great red) burudha 
 ant (black) gijil 
 
 ant (green) 
 
 ant (sugar) 
 
 bandicoot 
 
 bee 
 
 bird 
 
 busr 
 
 muun 
 
 karlin 
 
 kuru 
 
 warrul or gunni 
 
 tighara 
 
 butta 
 
 bustard (turkey) burowa 
 
 butcher bird burenjin 
 
 cat (wild) 
 
 centipede 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 cod 
 
 bugundi 
 
 kian 
 
 biloela or moral 
 
 guddii or kuddii 
 
 crane (white) 
 crane (blue) 
 
 crow 
 
 cuckoo 
 
 diver (duck) 
 
 dog 
 
 dog (wild) 
 
 duck 
 
 karasra 
 
 bunabaru 
 (waru, waim, or 
 I dumbal 
 
 murgii 
 (urunaoa or 
 I gunundal 
 
 biiruma 
 ( murren, oryuggi, 
 ( or maiai 
 
 karaiji 
 
 duck (whistling) thip-ai-yu 
 rijurapala, 
 
 duck (wood) 
 
 duck (musk) 
 
 guminbai, 
 
 gunambi, kaoai, 
 
 nunumbi 
 berlila 
 
 I g" 
 
 Lor 
 
NOUNS — 
 
 ANIMALS. 
 
 21 
 
 eagle rnullion 
 
 insects kao 
 
 (dfno-un or 
 
 
 ^gorraworra, 
 kukuburra, 
 
 emu ] 
 
 ( dhina-wan 
 
 laughing 
 
 [From dhina (foot) wan {strong.)'] 
 
 < 
 
 jackass 
 
 ghukughagha, 
 
 fish o Iu ya 
 
 
 <~or kukuraka 
 
 (a certain species)dukkai 
 
 jew-fish kaikai 
 
 flea biriji 
 
 kangaroo bundar 
 
 flies burulu 
 
 kangaroo (red) ganur 
 
 fowl (bla ^ r li f ^i b ) am ' kulgoi 
 
 kangaroo (rat) turwai or gimur 
 
 frog gin durra or yuria 
 
 fwano'i or 
 kangaroo SB ) 
 
 ( murriira 
 
 leeches gurman 
 
 ( kaodiil or 
 grasshopper < 
 
 ( dubbibaiala 
 
 grub biriTi 
 
 lizard (edible) murjgai 
 
 (miujaran or 
 hawk < 
 
 (palSna 
 
 lizard tari 
 
 lizard (ruffled) bullawhakur 
 
 /"tulletula, or 
 
 lobster kurai or kerai 
 
 hedgehog < murrowol, or 
 
 magpie burugabu katalu 
 
 V.butta 
 
 mole Sg^, pupo-mor 
 
 herring (freshwater) bheringa. 
 
 mosquito mug in 
 
 horned cattle nulkanulka 
 
 mussel kunbi or ginbi 
 
 horse yaraman* 
 
 mussel 0««e species) turjghal 
 
 iguana dull 
 
 mussel shell wollu 
 
 iguana (large) urundiali 
 
 native ( b ll ralga or 
 
 iguana (striped) nuliali 
 
 companion ( buralgha 
 
 [bural (great or high) glia (head).} 
 
 *A11 the Australians use this name — prol 
 
 ably from the neighing of the horse, or, as 
 
 some think, from " yira" or " } 
 
 D 
 
 '•era" (teeth) and " man" (with). 
 
opossum 
 
 mute 
 
 ! 
 
 owl 
 
 ( bukuta or 
 ( bukutakuta 
 
 
 paiTOt (small green) 
 
 gijoriga 
 
 
 parrot 
 
 korugan 
 
 
 parrot 
 
 kobado 
 
 
 parrot 
 
 bunbunbului 
 
 
 perch 
 
 kumbal 
 '"garumbon, or 
 
 i 
 i 
 
 pelican 
 
 guleale, or 
 gulamboli 
 
 <^(from guli. net or flsh-bag.) 
 
 i 
 i 
 i 
 
 pigeOllC^rottze-winged 
 
 ) tamur 
 (gulawulil, or 
 
 t 
 
 pigeon (topknot) 
 
 [ guluwalll 
 
 1 
 
 ■mo»Prm (squatter, or 
 pigtJUIl white-cheeked 
 
 momumbai 
 
 i 
 
 pigeon S2S5J 
 
 wirria 
 
 i 
 
 pigeon 
 
 kollemurramurra 
 
 1 
 
 plover 
 
 birumba 
 
 
 rat 
 
 kimma 
 
 
 ( iimba 
 sheep j J 
 
 V (a corruption of " jump-up.'") 
 
 snake (black) nurai 
 snake (brown) kaleboi 
 snake (carpet) yubba or yebba 
 snake (gray) nibi 
 snake^ 6 ^^)"" 11 gundoba 
 snake (diamond)yapati 
 spider gurra 
 
 squirrel kuliya 
 
 squirrel (flying) bagor 
 
 swallow 
 
 millimumul 
 
 swan 
 
 ( burunda, or 
 (barrianmul 
 
 teal (red) 
 
 tibiu 
 
 turtle 
 
 warraba 
 
 wallaby 
 
 burrai 
 
 wallaroo 
 
 yuluma 
 
 whitethroat (bird) mulujgal 
 
 4. Miscellaneous Nouns. 
 
 acacia pendula burl or maial 
 acacia (bastard) kawi 
 anger yiili 
 
 apple-tree bulumin 
 
 ashes kerran 
 
 axe yundu 
 
 axe mark (chop) bail 
 
 bag bulba or mitta 
 
bark tura 
 
 bark (inner skin)bo war 
 beak (of bird) mum 
 beginning Ilambial 
 
 Twill (worn with pendants f nKnL-o 
 UtJll round the waist) L U UllJid. 
 
 blaze tnrri or nalun 
 
 boat (canoe) kumbilgal 
 
 Sburran, burrigul, 
 barun, or 
 burunba 
 boomerangwood giddir 
 box (tree) kulaba or birri 
 
 box (white) bibil 
 box (black) kiiburu 
 branch iigan 
 
 branch (main arm) durra 
 
 [The same icord serves for the thigh of a 
 man and the arm of a tree.] 
 
 briglow 
 broom-like 
 
 shrub on V n 
 flooded land 
 
 ( wolbun, buril, or 
 (bhjgui 
 bush karui 
 
 cloth baia 
 
 biirigul 
 
 bucket 
 
 nimm 
 
 cloud gundar, yuro 
 
 cross nanbir 
 
 crown kabai or bur 
 currajong 
 
 (tree, and rope made of it) 
 
 darkness nurii 
 
 day yeradha 
 
 daylight ljurran 
 
 door girinil 
 
 down (of sedge) munabuda 
 
 dust yu 
 
 earth taon 
 
 edge nirrin or yiribrai 
 
 egg ko or kao 
 
 j / • xx (B 513 * muru, or 
 end (point) 1 
 
 ( kaburun 
 
 end (butt) 
 
 warun 
 
 evening 
 
 
 bulului 
 
 feathers 
 
 
 gundir 
 
 feathers 
 
 (quills) 
 
 wirll 
 
 feathers 
 
 (down) 
 
 yudara 
 
 fire 
 
 
 Wl 
 
 flood 
 
 
 ugoa or wukawa 
 
 flower 
 
 
 giiren 
 
 fog 
 
 
 giia 
 
 foot 
 
 
 dinna 
 
u 
 
 VOCABULARY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 
 forefoot 
 
 ma 
 
 honey 
 
 wadel or warul 
 
 frUlt (gooseberry-like) 
 
 rjaiban 
 
 house 
 
 kundi 
 
 fruit * 
 
 1 goadtha 
 
 hook 
 
 yinab 
 
 (Like a Siberian crab, j 
 tasting like tamarind, j 
 
 or 
 
 jealousy 
 
 bid 
 
 with a spherical stone 
 used for ornament.) J 
 
 ' worrobS 
 
 leaves 
 
 karril or kurril 
 
 fur 
 
 baoa or baia 
 
 light 
 
 tun or burian 
 
 friendship 
 frost 
 
 ncrundama 
 tundar 
 
 lightning 
 
 Tmi, ljurumi or 
 (bundur 
 
 girdle 
 
 bor or bur 
 
 love (sexual) 
 
 kaiai 
 
 (Hence Bora, the ceremony of initiation into manhood, 
 
 meat 
 
 di 
 
 where the candidate 
 manhood.) 
 
 is invested with the belt of 
 
 marsh 
 
 walowa 
 
 grave 
 
 taonma 
 
 mist 
 
 dhiiber 
 
 grass 
 
 f gorar, or yindal, 
 {or goaror 
 
 mistletoe 
 moon 
 
 bhan 
 gillc 
 
 graSS (long species) 
 
 yeremuda 
 
 morning 
 
 niiruko 
 
 grass-tree 
 
 taplan 
 
 mountain 
 
 kubba 
 
 gum (tree) 
 
 yeran 
 
 mud 
 
 minun 
 
 gun 
 
 murgun 
 
 net 
 
 kule 
 
 hail 
 halo 
 
 terian 
 gunurima 
 
 night 
 
 (r\ uru or 
 (bului (black) 
 
 head-band 
 (see forehead) 
 
 ) ij uliighet or 
 ) ljiilugair 
 
 nulla nulla 
 (club) 
 
 > murulil or pundi 
 
 herbs 
 
 gian 
 
 oak (swamp) 
 
 bilfir 
 
 herb (like dock)nurigul 
 
 oak (forest) 
 
 kubu 
 
 herb ("ke mallow cdible)beran 
 
 orange (wild) 
 
 pumbul 
 
 hill 
 
 taiyul 
 
 Orion («* consteiutionjberai-berai 
 
MISCELLANEOUS NOUNS. 25 
 
 X leiaCleS stellation) 
 
 ( miai-miai or 
 I murun-muran 
 
 scrub (twck jungk) yiirul 
 sedge burara 
 
 path 
 
 turabul 
 
 seed kiilu 
 
 path (short cut) wobbu 
 pine (tree) gorari 
 
 seed vessel or) 
 
 > kuluman 
 basket ) 
 
 pipe-clay 
 
 millamilla 
 
 shrub (jciiow flower) durimaogal 
 
 plain 
 
 f kunil, kfmial, 
 
 shrub (prickly) bindea 
 
 lor gunyal 
 
 shield bumai or burin 
 
 plain (small) 
 
 kunildul 
 
 skin yuli 
 
 plain (long ) 
 
 \ gorarnan 
 marshy) ) 
 
 (gunakuUa or 
 sky ] 
 
 ( gunagulla 
 
 play (sport) 
 
 yuluge 
 
 sleep nurarra 
 
 post (straight) 
 
 waragil 
 
 smoke du 
 
 potato (wild) 
 
 melan 
 
 spear pilar 
 
 pennyroyal 
 
 boiyoi 
 
 stars mirri 
 
 quietness 
 
 tubbia 
 
 stem (of a tree) worrain 
 
 rain 
 
 yuro or kollebari 
 
 stone yarul 
 
 rain how 
 
 Tyulowirri or 
 
 StOOl (wood for sitting on) tulu UUmligO 
 
 X CIJLJJ. KJ\J IT 
 
 I yulubirgi 
 
 sun yarai, yiiroka 
 
 river (large) 
 
 biikhai 
 
 sword gadelan 
 
 rivulet 
 
 mai-an 
 
 tail tubilga 
 
 sand 
 
 rkumbogan or 
 
 thorn bindea 
 
 I gerai 
 
 thunder tulumi 
 
 sandalwood 
 
 Tbumbal or 
 
 tree (wood of) 
 
 [tulu. 
 
 
 I gar-wi 
 
 any kind) ) 
 
 salt-hush 
 
 ninil 
 
 tree (likemyal) medir 
 
26 
 
 VOCABULAKY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 tree (another 
 
 > K flTMIl 
 
 water 
 
 kolle or wollun 
 
 species) 
 
 ( IV til HI 
 
 water-lily 
 
 turilawa 
 
 tree (another 
 species) 
 
 j yurar 
 
 watercourse 
 waterhole 
 
 warumbul 
 maian 
 
 trunk or stem 
 
 warrun 
 
 whirlwind 
 
 bull 
 
 to-morrow 
 
 ijuruko 
 
 wind. 
 
 f maier, yaragi, 
 
 truth 
 
 giru. or kiraol 
 
 
 (. or biiriar 
 
 
 '"TiJaije-kindamawa 
 
 window 
 
 barrie 
 
 
 or "RJindi-kin- 
 
 wing (see arm 
 
 ) bunun 
 
 Venus 
 
 dawa (the star 
 
 wing (pinion) 
 
 yutar 
 
 
 that laughs at 
 
 word 
 
 gurre 
 
 
 ^ me or at you) 
 
 yam 
 
 kubbiai or guweai 
 
 war 
 
 Ilane 
 
 yard (or enclosure) 
 
 whunmul 
 
 NAMES OF PLACES (Stations on or near the Namoi). 
 Kollenrnngul Broad water 
 
 Kurug gora Long water 
 
 Wollon gora Long water 
 
 Tarlldul (commonly called Drilldool) Having reeds 
 Tarllarai Having reeds 
 
 Yarrularai (commonly called Yalaroi) Having stones 
 
 place of the leopard tree (Austra- 
 lian ash) 
 
 Murkudul place of oaks (murku) 
 
 Wi-wha (Wee Waa) fire cast away 
 
 Wolger (Walgett) high hill 
 
 Buk-kulla 
 
Gundiuiaian (Gundamaine) 
 Biridja (Breeza) 
 Bukkitaro (Pokataroo) 
 Bilagha (Piliga) 
 Goraman (Graman) 
 Worra (Warrah) 
 Bawun (Barwan) 
 
 Burl Warina (Breewarrina) 
 
 Buriagal 
 Buriagala, (Briglow) 
 
 "RJamai (Namoi) 
 
 Guida (Gwydir) 
 Guniwaraldai 
 Bukkiberai (Boggabry) 
 
 Giinida (Gunnedah) 
 
 Kulgoa (Culgoa) 
 Kobada (Cobbedah) 
 
 Munlla (Manilla Biver) 
 
 Milli 
 
 house on the stream 
 
 place of fleas 
 
 river going wide 
 
 head (gha) of scrub oak (Bila) 
 
 long plain, or glade 
 
 On the left hand (** from Murrurundi) 
 
 great, wide, awful (River) 
 f trees (scrub acacia, commonly 
 X called briglow) standing up (in 
 V. clumps) 
 
 related to the burl 
 
 place of the burl 
 
 ^"place of the ljamai tree (a variety 
 of the acacia) or from rjamii 
 breast (the river curving like a 
 
 . woman's breast) 
 
 place or river of red (banks) 
 
 lime or white stone (guni) spread 
 
 place of creeks 
 
 place of white stone (others say 
 place of the destitute) 
 
 running through or returning 
 
 place of a hill 
 ( round about (this river forms 
 ( almost a circle) 
 
 white pipeclay (silicate of magnesia) 
 
 \ 
 
28 • VOCABULARY 
 
 OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 Kaghil (Coghill) 
 
 bad, nasty (water) 
 
 Balal (Pallal) 
 
 bare 
 
 Guligal 
 
 long grass seed 
 
 Tuluduna 
 
 made or chiselled ont of wood 
 
 Burburgate 
 
 place of belts (burr) 
 
 Bundarra 
 
 place of kangaroos 
 
 Murrowolarai (Molroy) 
 
 having hedgehogs (murrowol) 
 
 Inariendrai (Henriendry) 
 
 the sale of the inar (woman) 
 
 Nurraburai (Narrabry) 
 
 Porks 
 
 Duijgalia (Dungalea) 
 
 little piece of wood 
 
 
 ^why weepest thou ? (the name of a 
 
 
 fountain on the mountain side 
 
 
 about forty miles from the 
 
 Minyilgo yugila 
 
 Namoi). The blackfellow who 
 
 
 told me the name described it as 
 
 
 " kolle waimul," water bubbling 
 
 
 s. U P« 
 
 Bulerawa 
 
 ( place of the bulera (a tree — bastard 
 (. myal) 
 
 Wolobrai 
 
 stony (in Wiraiarai) 
 
 Yaruldfd 
 
 stony (in Kamilaroi) 
 
 Deran 
 
 dry ground 
 
 Guigola 
 
 red ground 
 
 Teluba or Ktiluba 
 
 native clover 
 
 Warian 
 
 native onion — a poisonous plant 
 
 Mobbo 
 
 beef wood 
 
NOUNS — NAMES OF PLACES. 
 
 29 
 
 Wuriga 
 
 clear ground 
 
 Miat (in Wiraiarai) 
 
 a well 
 
 Tinai 
 
 ironbark 
 
 Tmwai 
 
 string 
 
 Burran 
 
 a boomerang 
 
 Bulgari (in Wugai dialect) 
 
 a boomerang 
 
 Ginne (in Wugai) 
 
 wood 
 
 "Wurai or Wirai (in Wiraiarai) 
 
 No! 
 
 Yuriyuri 
 
 Kolormbrai 
 
 launder 
 
 Wiragungal 
 
 "Wangun (Wiraiarai) 
 
 Dungun (Kamilaroi) 
 
 Kumal 
 
 Geribila 
 
 Piririgul 
 
 Mukai (Mooki) 
 
 Turi 
 Yulaigul 
 
 *^ 
 
 a kind of parrot which abounds at 
 this place (on the Barwan) 
 
 abounding in kolorin, the flowers 
 af the kuluba tree 
 
 deep bank 
 
 long tooth — a place on the Biver 
 Bugaira (Bokhara) 
 
 crooked bark 
 
 a place where a blackfellow died 
 
 a place where twins were born 
 
 a place of salt bush 
 
 "Flinty ; a river which near its junc- 
 tion with the Namoi is dangerous 
 for its soft mud, but higher up 
 runs over a rocky bed. 
 
 a water- weed 
 
 a sapling 
 
30 
 
 VOCABULARY 
 
 OF KA.MILAROI. 
 
 Kumbal 
 
 
 a turkey buzzard 
 
 Milkomai 
 
 
 eye dropt out 
 
 Kubbo 
 
 
 a grub 
 
 Maianbar 
 
 
 a deep tank or waterhole 
 
 
 II.— PRONOUNS. {Seep. 6.) 
 
 
 III.— ADJECTIVES. 
 
 afraid 
 
 ( gial or ghilghil 
 
 clear (shining) killu 
 
 J (from ghi, the heart) 
 
 clever, sensible binal or binnal 
 
 alive 
 
 moron or narilon 
 
 (from binna — ear) 
 
 alone 
 
 ljandil 
 
 cold karil 
 
 angry 
 
 yili 
 
 cowardly gurrl gurri 
 
 asleep 
 
 babl or rjiiraru 
 
 dead balun 
 
 awake 
 
 warria 
 
 deaf mugabinna 
 
 bad 
 
 kagil or kuggil 
 
 deep birii 
 
 bare 
 
 V»o1n1 (as balal kaogha, 
 UcUcll bald-headed) 
 
 destitute taliba 
 
 bitter 
 
 butta 
 
 [used as a suffix, as in wi-taliba, without fire, kolle 
 taliba, without water.] . 
 
 blind 
 
 muga 
 
 distant urribu 
 
 blue (light) 
 
 kaoaraoa 
 
 dry ballal 
 
 black or dark 
 
 ► bului 
 
 expansive muggul 
 
 blue or brown 
 
 fasting wanal 
 
 brown (bay) 
 
 duda 
 
 [as yai wanal kudu, I am abstaining 
 religiously from kudu, a choice fish ; — 
 
 bay ("of redder hue) 
 
 yutta 
 
 rjai wanal bundar, I am abstaining from 
 kangaroo.] 
 
 chief 
 
 wuraia 
 
 fat wommo 
 
 clean 
 
 bullar 
 
 full (satisfied) yularai 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 31 
 
 glad guiye 
 
 good or beautiful murruba 
 
 green gian 
 
 green (dull) bulum bului 
 
 grey diri or diria 
 
 heavy munan 
 
 high bao-irra 
 
 hollow beruo-e 
 
 honest (or sweet) kuppa 
 
 hot kuduai^na 
 
 hungry yulrjin 
 
 jealous bularai 
 
 lame bain 
 
 large burul 
 
 light (in weight) kubonba 
 
 ( yealokwai or 
 (-keart (suffix)* 
 
 long gurar 
 
 mighty waruijgul 
 
 near kuinbu 
 
 old (grey) diria 
 
 (nandll or 
 (muijgal 
 
 own guiyuuun 
 
 like 
 
 only 
 
 outrageous 
 
 rjuriella 
 
 piebald 
 
 guloliba 
 
 pregnant 
 
 mubalyal 
 
 quick (eager, fervent) 
 
 kaiabur 
 
 red 
 
 koimburra 
 
 red (blood) 
 
 gue 
 
 red (light) 
 
 koiko'i 
 
 roan 
 
 gundgundi 
 
 round 
 
 (guru, or 
 \ gurugal 
 
 short 
 
 bungudul 
 
 sick 
 
 wibil 
 
 
 /"bullo, or 
 
 slow 
 
 < bullowa, or 
 
 
 Imalo 
 
 small 
 
 C kai or kaidul, 
 [also butl 
 
 sorry 
 
 budda 
 
 stinking 
 
 nui 
 
 stout 
 
 biirel 
 
 fwaruijgul or 
 strong A waruijguldul (in 
 
 Jess degree) 
 straight waragil or gura 
 
 Thus pukadi-keart is like a pookadi (squirrel), bhan-geart, like bhan (mistletoe). 
 
32 
 
 VOCABULARY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 stupid 
 
 (womba, wur 
 ( or mor 
 
 Igor, 
 
 white 
 
 ( pullar or 
 (burjgoba 
 
 sweet 
 
 kuppa 
 
 
 wicked 
 
 milburadil 
 
 tall 
 
 kudiikudu 
 
 
 wide 
 
 murjamurja 
 
 thin 
 thirsty 
 
 woladul 
 kollerjin 
 
 
 yellow 
 
 (gerlr or 
 ( gunaguna 
 
 weary 
 
 igg 11 
 
 
 young 
 
 kubura 
 
 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 
 one 
 
 mal 
 
 
 four 
 
 bularbular 
 
 two 
 
 bular 
 
 
 five 
 
 bularguliba 
 
 three 
 
 guliba 
 
 
 six 
 
 gulibaguliba 
 
 A blackfellow from the Balonne Eiver, whom I met on the Barvvan in 1871, gave 
 the numbers in use among his countrymen up to 20, as follows : — 
 
 1. mal 
 
 2. bular 
 
 3. guliba 
 
 4. bularbular 
 
 5. mulanbu 
 
 G. mal mulanbu mummi 
 
 7. bularmulambu mummi 
 
 8. gulibamulambu mummi 
 
 9. bularbularmulambu mummi 
 10. bulariu murra 
 
 11. mal dinna mummi 
 
 12. bular dinna mummi 
 
 13. guliba dinna mummi 
 
 14. bularbular dinna mummi 
 
 15. mulanbu dinna 
 
 16. mal dinna mulanbu 
 
 17. bular dinna mulanbu 
 
 18. guliba dinna mulanbu 
 
 19. bularbular dinna mulanbu 
 
 20. bulariu dinna 
 
 bulariu is the possessive case of bular : ten is the belongings of the two hands ; 
 eleven is one, from the feet, added ; twenty is the (toes) of the two feet (with the fingers). 
 
VERBS. 
 
 33 
 
 allay 
 
 tubbiamulle 
 
 answer 
 
 korielle 
 
 appear 
 
 taibu 
 
 appoint 
 
 baiald°na 
 
 arouse 
 
 kirulle 
 
 ask 
 
 taialle 
 
 barter 
 
 wmlunni 
 
 be 
 
 ginya 
 
 bind 
 
 yulale 
 
 bite 
 
 yild°na 
 
 IV.— VERBS. 
 
 climb kolie or kullial 
 
 come taiyanani 
 
 cover or shut up kundowi 
 
 cry aloud kakuld°ne 
 
 cut (as with a saw) karile or kurrila 
 
 cut (with a) 
 
 > bhi or bhlni 
 knife) or skin ; 
 
 bl0W(as in smokiiigapipe)bubilli 
 
 boil giitala 
 
 break gunni 
 
 bring taikane 
 
 rkagine or 
 (.kainani (sec "baby) 
 baia or wurrimi 
 ( wombail°na 
 ( {past wombi 
 
 carry off kagillina 
 
 catch, lay hold on kunmulli 
 
 catch with vio- ) 
 _ \ karamulli 
 
 lence, rob J 
 
 catch with a) 
 
 ii a A y enabmi 
 
 hook, as fish ; 
 
 bring forth 
 
 build 
 
 carry 
 
 ( baliini or 
 (balii baiane 
 morgi 
 
 die 
 
 dig 
 
 draw out with) 
 
 [ nfinmulli 
 the hands ) 
 
 drink garugi 
 
 drop {intrans^) dulirri 
 
 eat tali, tald°na 
 
 enquire taiald°na 
 
 fall bundane 
 
 fear guriguri 
 
 feed niira-uri 
 
 frighten karaoele 
 
 fly parane 
 
 give wune 
 
 hang (intrans.) pindele 
 
 hang (trans.) pindemulle 
 
 hear winuni 
 
34 
 
 VOCABULARY OF KAMILAROI. 
 
 hold 
 jump 
 
 fkummi or 
 \ kunmulta 
 pari 
 
 pleased be kuia durule 
 
 ( kai^mille 
 plunder ] 
 
 ((past) karami 
 
 keep 
 kick 
 
 wlmuldi 
 ( duduna or 
 I gigirma 
 
 ( yari or 
 pour •] 
 
 (yeremulle 
 
 praise baoillona 
 
 kill {dead-strike) balubuma 
 
 prepare bukanmulle 
 
 kiss 
 
 rjaikaiala 
 
 put maiabia 
 
 know 
 
 (tirune or 
 (wmunailun 
 
 put up maiald°na 
 put down wiald°na 
 
 laugh 
 
 gindami 
 
 quiet maiala 
 
 learn 
 
 yirabaiane 
 
 rejoice yugali 
 
 leave off 
 
 tubilun 
 
 remember wmunail°na 
 
 let go (don't) 
 
 tubbia or kurria 
 
 rend baraine 
 
 lift 
 
 tiome 
 
 return (trans.) kar a bille 
 
 lose 
 
 (wuijguriml or 
 I murgin 
 
 return (intrans. )t&r&oelc 
 rise warren 
 
 make 
 
 gim°bi 
 
 run (imjperative)huYvai 
 
 make (by hand) murramulle 
 make (by chopping) baia or baialda 
 
 rbunnaijunne or 
 
 run ] 
 
 (punagai 
 
 make (by splitting) 
 
 rbaraile, bliaruni, 
 ( or marubild°na 
 
 save yulon waragil 
 see rjummi 
 
 make (constitute) 
 
 mugille 
 
 seek kirumegu 
 
 paint 
 pierce 
 
 karuldai 
 diini or durilli 
 
 send wiiala 
 sew (with needle) ijiijije 
 
 pinch 
 
 nimmolli 
 
 shake bulunibula 
 
ADVERBS. 35 
 
 shine 
 
 bui]gatail°na 
 
 talk goalda 
 
 sing 
 
 bao-ill°na 
 
 taste . tatule, yirabaine 
 
 sit 
 
 • 
 ij uddela or n urria 
 
 teach (make to see) i) umniilmulle 
 
 sleep 
 
 ( babi, babil°na or 
 ( baubi 
 
 teach (make 10 know) uruunbulle 
 touch tamulle 
 
 
 ( warm or 
 
 turn away taraoele 
 
 spread 
 
 I warumailun 
 
 twist wiri 
 
 stand 
 
 warine 
 
 wash wurgunbumulle 
 
 strip 
 
 dumale 
 
 fyiigila (present) 
 
 strike 
 
 bumale 
 
 weep X yuni (past) 
 
 SUCk (see breast) 
 
 fijamughi or 
 (nummughi 
 
 V^yiina (impera.) 
 wonder {Grange!" ijipai goalla 
 
 sweep 
 
 burunbula 
 
 work burunbailun 
 
 swim 
 
 kubl 
 
 wound nimmi 
 
 
 Y.— ADVERBS. 
 
 
 1. Of Time. 
 
 nOW (immediately) 
 
 yeladu 
 
 to-day ilanu 
 
 then (at once) 
 
 yila 
 
 to-morrow nuriiko 
 
 [yila or ila denotes any near time, past or future.] 
 
 for one day malo or nerido 
 
 long ago 
 
 f Ilambo or 
 I ghibailindi 
 
 always yalwurja 
 again ye'alo 
 
 very long ago 
 
 nuribu 
 
 after nurra 
 
 hereafter 
 
 yerala 
 
 then (at another time) rjaraegduli 
 
 yesterday 
 
 (gimiandi, or 
 (naribu, or aoane 
 
 , when ? wirii ? 
 
36 
 
 VOCABULARY ( 
 
 3F KAMILAROI. 
 
 • 
 
 
 2. Of 
 
 Place. 
 
 
 here 
 
 here (beside me 
 
 nowo or naialle 
 ) nabu. 
 
 on this side 
 
 ( uriellona or 
 (niiriellona 
 
 there (in front) 
 
 nurri 
 
 on the other 
 
 furrigalina or 
 
 there (on the right) 
 
 nutta 
 
 side 
 
 I narrikolinya 
 
 there (ontheleft) 
 
 nurriba 
 
 on the far side 
 
 miilanda 
 
 there (at your hand) 
 
 murra 
 
 hither 
 
 tai 
 
 there 
 
 arrigo 
 
 from above 
 
 nurribatai 
 
 np there 
 
 nurriba 
 
 near 
 
 ku'inbu 
 
 down there 
 
 nutta 
 
 far 
 
 urribii or beru 
 
 outside 
 
 nam 
 
 where ? 
 
 tulla ? 
 
 in the midst 
 
 bigundi 
 
 
 
 
 3. Of Comparison. 
 
 
 as 
 so 
 
 yealima 
 na 
 
 very much 
 indeed 
 
 > murramurra 
 
 merely 
 
 yeal 
 
 also 
 
 ljellibu or yellibu 
 
 furthermore 
 
 ye'alo 
 
 together 
 
 aielle 
 
 very 
 
 murra 
 
 
 
 4. Of Affirmation and Negation, and Interrogation. 
 
 yes 
 
 y° 
 
 no 
 
 kamil 
 
 
 'gir or giraol, 
 
 note of 
 
 ) 
 
 verily 
 
 I sometimes kir 
 ^and kiraol 
 
 interrogation 
 
 ^ yamma 
 
 "yo" is used as a verb of ai 
 
 hrmation : thus ' 
 
 ljaia yo" (I yes) 
 
 means I assert it to be so. 
 
 
 
 " yamma" 
 
 is placed at the bee 
 
 'inning of a quest 
 
 ion. 
 
INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 37 
 
 VI.— INTERJECTIONS. 
 
 alas ! (in sorrow) nil ! onward ! 
 
 alas! (in pity) guraga ! 
 avaunt ! kurria ! 
 
 far be it ! wunna ! 
 
 strange ! 
 wonderful ! 
 
 kaoai ! 
 ljipai ! 
 kuttabul ! 
 
 Intensity is given to any expression of thought or feeling by 
 prolonging the last syllable. Thus, the longer they dwell on the u in 
 " beru" the greater the idea of distance ; the longer the ga in "guraga" 
 the deeper the pity. 
 
''' BRA KT 
 
 I'M VEB8ITY OF 
 
 California! 
 
 phrases. 
 
 I go to catcli fish 
 
 I am splitting wood 
 
 Truly I have got honey 
 
 We two belong one to another (or 
 are friends) 
 
 Friendly blackfellows 
 
 Hostile blackfellows 
 
 I sing 
 
 I am smoking 
 
 I hear (or understand) 
 
 I am sleeping 
 
 I have well slept 
 
 I have well drunk, or drunk of nice 
 drink 
 
 I am worn out 
 
 The fire is gone out (dead) 
 
 The day is coming 
 
 Catch hold ! Let go ! 
 
 Go back, my friend 
 
 You and I hate one another 
 
 T'is true ! T'is only lies ! 
 
 It is my own 
 
 The water runs over the stones 
 
 I shall be there on an early day . 
 
 I do not know where he is 
 
 I was not there this morning 
 
 I think he is at the camp 
 
 You are my love 
 
 He is a wicked man ; have nothing 
 to do with him 
 
 I hope 
 
 You are good (thanks !) 
 
 Grui'ya rjaia yenabilli 
 
 Tulu nai bharuni 
 
 Warul glr [or klr] ljai bai-aldina 
 
 Guiyungun i) alii 
 
 Gui'yungundul inurri 
 Yili-an murri 
 TJaia baoillini 
 TJaia bubillini 
 TJai winmj-gailun 
 TJaia baubillani 
 Glr nai baubillina 
 Murrii nai ijurugalani 
 
 Malo nai giul (or ghinni) 
 
 ~WT baliini 
 
 TJurran durl 
 
 Kunmulla ! Wunnabilla ! 
 
 Turruwulla, nai dhurudi 
 
 Thai inda wuna bulanbarana 
 
 Glru ! Yeal gunial ! 
 
 TJaii guinun 
 
 Kolle bunnagella yarula 
 
 Yerala nai a germa dhurali gurri 
 
 TJerma nuriluna kamil ijaia 
 
 TJerma wariijene 
 
 Wolla ya ljurrilona 
 
 TJa rjinda gullrdul 
 
 Gun murruba ; wunna guma 
 
 TJaia barabai daraoela 
 Murruba inda 
 
40 GTJRRE KAMILAROI. 
 
 GURRE KAMILAROI. 
 
 (Extracts from a Missionary Primer, prepared for the Kamilaroi-spcaTcinr/ People.) 
 
 
 [ Verbatim translation.'] 
 
 Baiame gir giwlr gimobi ; mal giwir 
 
 God verily man made ; first man Adam. 
 
 Adam. Baiame goe : " Kamil murruba 
 
 God said, " Not it is good for man alone 
 
 giwlr gandil ijuddelago ; gaia giwlrgo 
 
 to dwell ; I for man woman will make." 
 
 Inar gimbille." Ila Baiame inar gimobi ; 
 
 Then God woman made ; first woman 
 
 mal inar Iva ; Iva gullr Adamu. 
 
 Eve ; Eve wife of Adam. 
 
 Adam buba murrigu, buba wondagu, 
 
 Adam father of blackfellow, — father of 
 
 buba kanugo ; Iva gumba murrigu, gumba 
 
 whitefellow, — father of all. Eve mother 
 
 wundagu, gumba kanugo. 
 
 of blackfellow, — mother of whitefellow, — 
 
 
 mother of all. 
 
 Adam Iva ellibu warawara yanani. 
 
 Adam, Eve also astray went. All men, 
 
 Kanugo giwir kanugo inar warawara 
 
 all women astray went ; all bad became. 
 
 yanani; kanugo kagil ginyi. Baiame yili 
 
 God angry became, said, "All men, all 
 
 ginyi, goe, ""Kanugo giwir kanugo inar 
 
 women astray went, all bad became ; I 
 
 . warawara yanani, kanugo kagil ginyi ; gaia 
 
 them dead will strike." Immanuel, son 
 
 garma balu bumale." Immanuel, "Wurume 
 
 of God, said, " No ! not thou them smite ; 
 
 Baiamegu, goe, "Kamil! Kamil ginda 
 
 thou me smite ; I will die, men, women 
 
 garma bumala, ginda gunna bumala, gaia 
 
 alive to be." 
 
 balugi, giwir inar moron gigigo." 
 
 
 Murruba Immanuel ; kamil garagedul 
 
 Good is Immanuel ; not another is 
 
 murruba yealokwai genua. 
 
 good like Him. 
 
 Ilambo Immanuel taongo taiyanani, 
 
 Long ago Immanuel to earth came, 
 
 giwir ginyi. 
 
 man he became. 
 
 Giwlr kair Layaru. Uergu bular boadi, 
 
 A man named Lazarus. Belonging to 
 
 mari, mata. Layaru wibil ginyi bular 
 
 him two sisters, Mary, Martha. Lazarus 
 
 boadi gurre waala immanuel go, goaldendai, 
 
 sick became. The two sisters word sent 
 
 " TJai daiadi, ginnu layaru, wibil." 
 
 to Immanuel, saying, " My brother, Thy 
 
 
 Lazarus is sick." 
 
GTJRRE KAMILAROI. 
 
 41 
 
 Kamil yanani Immanuel. yerala Layaru 
 baluni. bularbularo babine balun taonda. 
 Ila Immanuel taiyanani. mari mata ellibu 
 yugillona. Immanuel goe, " TJinnu daiadi 
 yealo moron gigi." Burula giwir burula 
 inar yugillona. Immanuel daonmago 
 yanani. yarul daonma kundawi ; Im- 
 manuel goe " TJindai yarul diomulla." 
 TJarma gir yarul diome. Immanuel kakul- 
 done ; " Layaru taiyanuna !" Ila Layaru 
 moron ginyi, taiyanani. bular boadi 
 burul guiye". 
 
 TJarageduli miedul wibil ginyi ; numba 
 boiyoi wune ; kamil miedul murruba 
 ginyi ; murru ginyi wibil, rjullimun baluni. 
 
 Yaairu buba yanani Immanuel rjum- 
 millego ; gir rjuinmi : goe, " inda barai 
 taiyanuija, murruba gimbildi ijai miedul. 
 TJai miedul burul wibil rjullimun baluni ; 
 inda taiyanuija ijai kundigo." Immanuel 
 goe, " TJulle yanoai kundigo." Ila yanani 
 bular kundigo. TJumba duri, yugillona, 
 goe " TJii ! rjii ! rjai miedul baluni." 
 
 Burula Inar yugillona, goe " TJii ! 
 miedul baluni." Immanuel goe "kurria 
 yurja. kamil miedul baluni ; yeal babi- 
 lona." burulabu gindami ; rjarma gir 
 balundai wlnurji. Immanuel murra 
 kawani miedul, goe, " miedul waria." Ila 
 miedul moron ginyi, warine, gurre goe. 
 TJumba, buba ellibu, burul guiye. 
 
 Not went Immanuel. By and by 
 Lazarus died. Four days be lay dead 
 in the ground. Then Immanuel came. 
 Mary, Martha also, were weeping. Im- 
 manuel said, " Your brother again alive 
 shall be." Many men, many women, 
 were weeping. Immanuel to the grave 
 went ; a stone the grave covered ; Im- 
 manuel said, " Ye the stone take away." 
 They the stone lifted up. Immanuel 
 cried aloud, " Lazarus, come forth !" 
 Then Lazarus alive became, he came forth. 
 The two sisters were very glad. 
 
 At another time a little girl sick 
 became ; the mother pennyroyal gave ; 
 not the little girl well became ; much she 
 grew sick, almost dead. 
 
 Jairus, the father, went Immanuel to 
 see ; truly he found him ; he said, " Thou 
 quickly come, well make my little girl. 
 My little girl is very sick, almost dead. 
 You come to my house." Immanuel said, 
 " We two will go to the house." Then 
 went the two to the house. The mother 
 came, she wept, said, " Alas ! alas ! my 
 little girl is dead." 
 
 Many women were weeping, said, "Alas ! 
 the little girl is dead." Immanuel said, 
 " Cease weeping. Not the girl is dead ; 
 only she is asleep." All of them laughed; 
 they verily her to be dead knew. Im- 
 manuel by hand took the girl, said, 
 " Damsel, arise." Then the girl alive 
 became, arose, words spoke. The mother, 
 father also, very glad. 
 
Uarageduli bular glvvir muga nuddelona 
 turrubulda. Irnrnanuel aro yanani ; bular 
 muga winuni. kakuldono, " Immanuel, 
 durunmi, wurume davidu rjuinmilla ! 
 nurraga neane." burula giwir goe 
 " kurria ! kurria nindai kakullego." giwir 
 mugayealo kakuldone " durunmi, wurume 
 Davidu, nummilla ! nurraga neane." Ila 
 Immanuel warine, goe "minna ljindai 
 goalie ? minna naia murramulle ?" ljarma 
 goe, " Durunmi, wuna neane nummildai." 
 ila Immanuel narrna mil tainfilda : baianbu 
 narma murru nummillego." 
 
 Burula kagil giwir Immanuel kun- 
 multa. TJarma kaogo bindea yulalle. 
 TJarma glr tulu wimi, naragedul tulu 
 nanblr wimi. TJarina gir Immanuel wimi; 
 murra blrudiini, dinna biruduni ; tului 
 wirri. Uarma tulu Home, Immanuel 
 tului pindelundai. Terala Immanuel 
 baluni. Terala giwir pilari turrur diini ; 
 gue dulirri. 
 
 Bullului narma gir Immanuel taonda 
 wimi; kundawi. Immanuel ijuru babine 
 baliin taonda ; yealo malo babine balun 
 taonda ; yealo naragedul guru babine 
 baliin taonda; naragedul ljuruko moron 
 ginyi, warine. 
 
 Terala Immanuel gir gunagulla-go 
 yanani. . 
 
 Giwir ijuddolona littraga : bain dinna 
 tuijgor, ijurribu bainge bain ; kamil 
 yanelina. Paul, Barnaba ellibu, aro 
 yanani. Paul goaldonc ; baiiuliil yerma 
 
 Another time two men blind sat by the 
 way. Immanuel there came ; the two 
 blind heard, they cried aloud, " Im- 
 manuel, King, Son of David, look ! pity 
 us." Many people said, " Have done ! 
 cease ye to cry aloud." The men blind 
 again cried aloud, " King, Son of David, 
 look ! pity us !" Then Immanuel stood 
 still, said, "What you will say? ~\\ r hat 
 I shall do ?" They said, " King, grant 
 us to see." Then Immanuel them eyes 
 touches ; instantly they are able to see. 
 
 Many bad men Immanuel seized. 
 They on his head thorns bound. They 
 verily a log laid, another log across they 
 laid. They verily Immanuel laid ; hands 
 they pierced ; feet they pierced ; on log 
 fastened. They the log lifted up, 
 Immanuel on the log hanging. After- 
 wards Immanuel died. Afterward* a 
 man with spear his side pierced ; blood 
 flowed forth. 
 
 In the evening they verily Immanuel 
 in ground laid ; covered up. Immanuel 
 the night lay dead in ground : also one 
 day he lay dead in ground ; also another 
 night he lay dead in ground ; another 
 morning he alive became, rose up. 
 
 Afterwards Immanuel verily to heaven 
 went. 
 
 A man dwelt at Lystra ; with sick 
 foot diseased, very ill indeed ; not he 
 could walk. Paul, Barnabas, also there 
 came. Paul was speaking ; the lame man 
 
GURRE KAMILAHOI. 
 
 43 
 
 wlnugailone. Paul kaia ljuminildone, 
 kakuldone, " waria rjurriba dinnaga." 
 Turjgordul parine, yanani ellebu. 
 
 Burulabu giwir rjumrni, goe " ljipai !" 
 kakudone " Baimae bular yarine yealok- 
 wai giwir." Paul, Baraba ellibu, bunna- 
 rjunne, kakuldone, " kurria ! karnil neane 
 baiame ; neane giwir yealokwai nindai. 
 ljeane guiye duri ; neane budda ginyi ; 
 neane yili ginyi, yealo geane murru rjurri- 
 nillone. ljeane murru goalda burulabu ; 
 kurria rjindai yealo kagil gigile: berudi 
 warraia, ljummilla Baiame moron. Baiame 
 gir gunagulla, taon, burul kolle, kanuno 
 minnaminnabul gimobi. Baiame yalwuna 
 Baiame." 
 
 him was hearing. Paul earnestly looked, 
 he cried aloud, " Stand upright on feet." 
 The lame man leapt, walked also. 
 
 Many people saw, they wondered, they 
 cried aloud " Gods two are come down 
 like men." Paul, Barnabas also ran, cried 
 aloud " Have done ! not we gods ; we men 
 like you. "We glad become, we sorry 
 become, we angry become, again we are 
 reconciled. "We good tell to all ; cease ye 
 anymore evil to be ; turn ye, look to God 
 the living. God, verily, heaven, earth, the 
 great water, all, everything made. God 
 always is God" (the same ever). 
 
¥AIL¥UN: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines on the Barwan, below the 
 junction of the Namoi. 
 
atlfotm, 
 
 LANGUAGE spoken on the Barwan, below the junction 
 of the Namoi. It is called " wailwun," from the negative 
 " wail."* It is also called " niumba," from " nia" (speak). 
 
 man 
 
 woman 
 
 father 
 
 boy 
 
 girl 
 
 maiden 
 
 mother 
 
 young woman 
 
 child 
 
 chief 
 
 little baby 
 
 blackfellow 
 
 white man 
 
 TYinlp ( man or °ther 
 IllcHc creatures) 
 
 brother (grown man) 
 
 brother (child) 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 
 tdhur 
 
 sister (grown) 
 
 kati 
 
 'wiriingar 
 
 sister (young) 
 
 gidurai 
 
 (plural) 
 
 spouse 
 
 nuan 
 
 ^wlriingai 
 
 uncle 
 
 kani 
 
 buba 
 
 aunt 
 
 mama 
 
 murrukunga 
 
 cousin 
 
 nulungan 
 
 mariyurjga 
 
 truant wife 
 
 yanawe 
 
 kuma-dhilia 
 
 head 
 
 kuboga 
 
 gimni 
 
 hair 
 
 wulla 
 
 nikimikai 
 
 forehead 
 
 nulii 
 
 worm or wuru 
 
 beard 
 
 kir 
 
 durunmi 
 
 whiskers 
 
 narma 
 
 wurudhul 
 
 moustache 
 
 mulajin 
 
 mai-i 
 
 cheek 
 
 tdukkal 
 
 wunda 
 
 chin 
 
 kir 
 
 mundawa 
 
 poll 
 
 nan 
 
 kukka 
 
 eye 
 
 mil 
 
 kukkamin 
 
 nose 
 
 muru 
 
 * This word " wail" is pronounced like the English word " wile" — according to the rule 
 at the beginning: of the Kamilaroi Grammar. 
 
48 
 
 WAILWUN. 
 
 
 mouth 
 
 ijundal 
 
 great toe 
 
 guni 
 
 lips 
 
 willi 
 
 adder (deadly) 
 
 murai 
 
 teeth 
 
 wira 
 
 bandicoot 
 
 guru 
 
 tongue 
 
 tulle 
 
 bat 
 
 wibulla-bulJa 
 
 ear 
 
 kurig-gera 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 murai 
 
 throat 
 
 nuggi 
 
 crab 
 
 ijulaga 
 
 neck 
 
 nirrimirri 
 
 cray-fish 
 
 keri or win gar 
 
 shoulders 
 
 wurru 
 
 crow 
 
 waru 
 
 arm 
 
 nuru 
 
 cod (fish) 
 
 kuddu 
 
 forearm 
 
 P 1 
 
 diver (mna**k) 
 
 tirmum 
 
 elbow 
 
 nunuka 
 
 diver (large) 
 
 duguru 
 
 hand 
 
 murra 
 
 dog 
 
 mirri 
 
 fingers 
 
 worria 
 
 duck 
 
 wiruwurra 
 
 thumb 
 
 ( gunendlr or 
 
 ( gimi (mother of fingers) 
 
 duck (black) 
 
 duck (whistling) 
 
 budunba 
 thipaiyu 
 
 thigh 
 
 durra or dhurra 
 
 duck (red) 
 
 gurao-er 
 
 knee 
 
 bunde 
 
 duck (blue winged) 
 
 ululu 
 
 foot 
 
 dinna 
 
 duck (teal) 
 
 daraoer or bu'iga 
 
 arm-pit 
 
 kilkulbiiri 
 
 duck (wood) 
 
 kunambi 
 
 breast (woman's) 
 
 nummu 
 
 duck (spoonbill) wilidubai 
 
 chest 
 
 wirri 
 
 duck (musk) 
 
 kumogumar 
 
 belly 
 
 burl 
 
 emu 
 
 rjfiri 
 
 navel 
 
 gindyur 
 
 eagle 
 
 mullion 
 
 leg (below knee) 
 
 piyu 
 
 fish (bream) 
 
 kumbal 
 
 calf 
 
 kaia 
 
 fish (black bream) 
 
 bunuidla 
 
 toe 
 
 wirria 
 
 fisll (email bream) 
 
 berije 
 
NOUNS. 
 
 49 
 
 fish (best bream) duggai 
 
 Venus (emu) 
 
 nuri 
 
 fisll (cat-fish or jew-fish) dungUT 
 
 sky 
 
 gunagulla 
 
 iguana duli 
 
 ground 
 
 tagun 
 
 kangaroo muru'i 
 
 fire 
 
 wi 
 
 opossum kuragi 
 
 water 
 
 kolle 
 
 padymelon wiru 
 
 tree 
 
 kogur 
 
 ( wirea or 
 pelican I 
 
 ( gulamboli 
 
 gum 
 ironbark 
 
 guara 
 bigur 
 
 pigeon (squatter) mimumbi 
 
 pine 
 
 guraba 
 
 pigeon (crested) tao-ilgera 
 
 yellow box 
 
 mulli 
 
 pigeon (bronze) yamur 
 
 acacia pendula 
 
 bri 
 
 porcupine bigabilla 
 
 bastard myal 
 
 yimmu 
 
 shrimp tugale 
 snake (boa) munun 
 
 yam* 
 
 r gunawa or 
 (kunowa 
 
 snake (black), yuki 
 
 fish-ponds 
 
 nunnii 
 
 snake (brown) tdhuru 
 
 boomerang 
 
 bier 
 
 snake (carpet) yubba 
 
 sacred stone 
 
 ) 
 
 snake (whip) murai 
 
 in the chief's 
 
 > wiar 
 
 swallow millimaru 
 
 possession 
 
 ) 
 
 turtle waienber 
 
 death 
 
 giirinl 
 
 swan (black) burrima 
 
 enmity 
 
 kulgiurun 
 
 wagtail dirijiri 
 
 anger 
 
 gulgi 
 
 sun duni or dhiini 
 moon giwur 
 
 astonishment 
 
 rnudii-wundu- 
 ( baigu 
 
 stars girila 
 
 friendship 
 
 maindyul 
 
 [t grows in sand ridges. 
 
 * The yam found near the Barwan is sweet, juic 
 
 y, and most refreshing. 
 
50 
 
 WAILWUN. 
 
 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I 
 
 nattu 
 
 ye two 
 
 nindula 
 
 we 
 
 ljeene 
 
 ye 
 
 nindugul 
 
 thou 
 
 ijindu 
 
 he 
 
 mundewa 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 alive 
 
 muun 
 
 white 
 
 bunoba 
 
 bad 
 
 wurai 
 
 black 
 
 bului 
 
 cold 
 
 gunundai 
 
 blue 
 
 bului 
 
 good 
 
 yiada 
 
 red 
 
 girawil 
 
 hot 
 
 girru 
 
 yellow 
 
 giinainguna 
 
 old 
 
 bugaia 
 
 green 
 
 gldyungidyun 
 
 sick 
 
 wogin 
 
 brown 
 
 dhugungulia 
 
 young 
 
 dhulunaimba 
 
 
 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 
 Yes 
 
 ijaru 
 
 above 
 
 ijunaowa 
 
 No 
 
 wail 
 
 below 
 
 nunadhur 
 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 
 Lite 
 
 kutulli 
 
 sing 
 
 biiga 
 
 catch 
 
 mumulli 
 
 sneeze 
 
 tiga 
 
 cough 
 
 gununguna 
 
 weep 
 
 yurjani 
 
 laugh 
 
 gindani 
 
 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 51 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 I love you 
 
 I hate you 
 
 I do not like you 
 
 I think 
 
 Did you see me ? 
 
 Yes, I saw you 
 
 Ippai built a house 
 
 Murri pulled it down 
 
 Kubbi killed Kumbo 
 
 Kumbo killed Kubbi 
 
 What for ? 
 
 The greatest of enemies 
 
 kurridu ninundun inda 
 gadunu gumalago 
 wail du ninunda ginda 
 wmiujunni 
 ljanandu dhi rjani ? 
 narti, gudhu gani 
 Ippandu wune gunnu 
 Murrlggu wlrime 
 Kubbiggu gurne kumbunii 
 Kumbuggu kubbiiju gume 
 minyango ? 
 kulkiwunwungan 
 
KOGAI: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines to the Westward of the Baton ne, 
 on the Maranoa and the Cogoon. 
 
Hflffat, 
 
 §. LANGUAGE spoken to the westward of the Balonne, on 
 the Maranoa and the Cogoon. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 father 
 
 yabunii 
 
 eyebrow 
 
 milgul 
 
 mother 
 
 yarjanu 
 
 eye 
 
 dilli 
 
 son 
 
 andii 
 
 nose 
 
 
 
 daughter 
 
 burgul 
 
 ear 
 
 muna 
 
 grandson 
 
 yambiru 
 
 mouth 
 
 biggi 
 
 elder brother 
 
 tagiindilla 
 
 teeth 
 
 yira 
 
 younger brother maiandilla 
 
 beard 
 
 mug gar 
 
 elder sister 
 
 mungunnu 
 
 throat 
 
 aoar 
 
 younger sister 
 
 babunnu 
 
 neck 
 
 ljugun 
 
 man (aborigina 
 
 l)murdin 
 
 shoulder 
 
 bira 
 
 woman 
 
 murendin 
 
 arm 
 
 duru 
 
 youth 
 
 aola 
 
 ribs 
 
 bibun 
 
 boy 
 
 andiin 
 
 hand 
 
 murra 
 
 little girl 
 
 ambi 
 
 fingers 
 
 murda 
 
 baby 
 
 tiiru 
 
 thigh 
 
 durra 
 
 head 
 
 biibwa 
 
 leg 
 
 olburr 
 
 forehead 
 
 bulga 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 digurri 
 
56 
 
 KOGAI. 
 
 
 dog 
 
 nurun 
 
 boomerang 
 
 wunal 
 
 eagle 
 
 otella 
 
 camp 
 
 yambai-eder 
 
 emu 
 
 rjuruin 
 
 hut 
 
 kundi 
 
 kangaroo 
 
 gargu 
 
 spear 
 
 bugga 
 
 native companion urriir 
 
 water 
 
 amu 
 
 snake (brown) 
 
 btimburra 
 
 
 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I 
 
 rjaia 
 
 thy 
 
 yunu 
 
 my 
 
 rjaidhu 
 
 he 
 
 yeraggo 
 
 thou 
 
 inda 
 
 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 asleep 
 
 okarhjgo 
 
 dead 
 
 uladirri or ulala 
 
 hungry 
 
 abir 
 
 thirsty 
 
 amu-gin 
 
 weary 
 
 iggil 
 
 [from auiu, water, with suffix-rjin, 
 wanting, as in Kamilaroi.] 
 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 
 beat 
 
 onimeala 
 
 lose 
 
 wombomulla 
 
 break 
 
 unilgo 
 
 put down 
 
 iderburra 
 
 come 
 
 iiguara 
 
 pick up 
 
 punder 
 
 eat 
 
 watidalulla 
 
 run 
 
 unbermelgo 
 
 go 
 
 undawaralgo 
 
 see 
 
 wottiijagulla 
 
 hear 
 
 imbulloaddi 
 
 sing 
 
 waralgo 
 
 know 
 
 imbulgo 
 
 smell 
 
 ljutulla 
 
 jump 
 
 diimbaia 
 
 throw away 
 
 undubidi-ir 
 
 lift 
 
 bundalla 
 
 
 
PIKTJMBTJL: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines about Calandoon, in Queensland, 
 on the Weir and the Macintyre. 
 

 
 - 
 
 
 PftumM, 
 
 
 <0$^l 
 
 
 Mfllm^ LANGUAGE spoken about Calandoon, in Queensland, on 
 
 sZgf&fifff the Weir and the Macintyre. 
 
 
 tIt nouns. 
 
 
 i 
 
 God Anambu or Minumbu. 
 
 
 man (white) gun 
 
 arm 
 
 yama 
 
 man (aboriginal) mial 
 
 hand 
 
 mara 
 
 woman tamar 
 
 thigh 
 
 mabun 
 
 youth mollumi 
 
 leg 
 
 buiyu 
 
 maiden migedul 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 giabun 
 
 boy kaa 
 
 cuckoo 
 
 nugu 
 
 girl mie 
 
 dog 
 
 mirri 
 
 baby kagul 
 
 eagle 
 
 due 
 
 head kabui 
 
 emu 
 
 nurun 
 
 forehead wenda 
 
 flies 
 
 kulunan 
 
 eye mil 
 
 frog 
 
 durra 
 
 nose muru 
 
 hawk 
 
 kagun 
 
 ear bidna 
 
 laughing jackass kaguran 
 
 mouth yunda 
 
 mosquito 
 
 buri 
 
 teeth tira 
 
 opossum 
 
 kubi 
 
 beard yarun 
 
 pelican 
 
 gulegali 
 
 throat kuruijgara 
 
 snake (black) 
 
 mindar 
 
 neck bimbi 
 
 swan 
 
 bibu 
 
60 
 
 
 PIKTTMBUL. 
 
 
 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I 
 
 gutta 
 
 
 my 
 
 ijie 
 
 thou 
 
 ijinda 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 bad 
 
 wombo 
 
 
 hungry 
 
 dilgi 
 
 black 
 
 kumba 
 
 
 thirsty 
 
 kollerjin 
 
 fuU 
 
 buijun 
 
 
 white 
 
 kao-un 
 
 good 
 
 wlumba 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ADVEEBS. 
 
 
 yes 
 
 pika 
 
 
 truly 
 
 galo 
 
 no 
 
 yuga 
 
 
 hither 
 
 yurri 
 
 
 
 VEEBS. 
 
 
 bring 
 
 yurri kaija 
 
 sit 
 
 rjinne 
 
 catch 
 
 yalumul 
 
 
 speak 
 
 guagga 
 
 give 
 
 yere iira 
 
 
 stand 
 
 kuraga 
 
 go 
 
 yaboga 
 
 
 stand still 
 
 mobia 
 
 put down 
 
 tirra 
 
 
 take up 
 
 kandimulla 
 
 see 
 
 naiya 
 
 
 
 • 
 
DIPPIL: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines about Durundurun, on the north 
 
 side of Moreton Bay, and thence towards Wide Bay and 
 
 the Burnett District, in Queensland. 
 
UipptL 
 
 HE Aborigines about Durundurun, on the north side of Moreton 
 Bay, and thence towards "Wide Bay and the Burnett District, 
 speak Dippil. The following words and sentences were taken 
 down from the lips of Davies or Darumboys, a blacksmith, 
 at Brisbane, who spent thirteen years with the blacks, and 
 whose history is narrated by the Kev. Dr. Lang, in his " Cooksland." 
 
 I.— NOUNS. 
 
 1. Man (aboriginal) — dan. 
 
 head 
 
 kam 
 
 hair 
 
 dhella 
 
 forehead 
 
 nului) 
 
 brow 
 
 dipinji 
 
 eye 
 
 mi 
 
 nose 
 
 muru 
 
 mouth 
 
 tunka 
 
 lips 
 
 tambur 
 
 tongue 
 
 dunnum 
 
 ear 
 
 binung 
 
 cheek 
 
 wag gum 
 
 chin 
 
 yikul 
 
 beard 
 
 yeran 
 
 neck 
 
 guna 
 
 breast 
 
 amun 
 
 shoulder 
 
 kora 
 
 right hand 
 
 ( duruin or 
 
 ( ginning duruin 
 
 left hand 
 
 wottugga 
 
 back 
 
 pondur 
 
 fingers 
 
 biddi 
 
 thumb 
 
 biddi winwor 
 
64 
 
 DIPPIL. 
 
 little finger 
 
 biddi diirumai 
 
 hole through ( murumburri or 
 
 belly 
 
 duguu 
 
 nose ( kagarabaoin 
 
 hips 
 
 kondun 
 
 marks on chest mulkar 
 
 thigh 
 
 durran 
 
 old man winyagun 
 
 knee 
 
 bon 
 
 young man kippa 
 
 leg 
 
 puiyu 
 
 a crowd of men miller 
 
 foot 
 
 jinmuj 
 
 boy iikhuun 
 
 heart 
 
 dukku 
 
 young boy birwain 
 
 liver and bowels gunnun 
 
 baby methindum 
 
 flesh 
 blood 
 
 baowin 
 kukki 
 
 (yirkun, winya- 
 old woman \ c 
 
 (.gun 
 
 skin 
 
 * 
 
 brabra 
 
 married woman yirum 
 
 spittle 
 
 nuin 
 
 
 
 Relationships. 
 
 father 
 
 bobbin 
 
 brother (younger) wudhun 
 
 mother 
 
 navan 
 
 sister yaobfm 
 
 - 
 
 ( yimmu or muki- 
 
 uncle immo 
 
 son 
 
 Cver or kumma 
 
 aunt martin 
 
 daughter 
 
 naiber 
 
 cousin yimudheme 
 
 brother (elder) 
 
 nun 
 
 cousin (female) kumedheme 
 
 
 2. An 
 
 IMALS. 
 
 animal 
 
 murar) 
 
 bee (small) dibbin 
 
 bat 
 
 girrama 
 
 bee (large) turbain 
 
 bear 
 
 kulla 
 
 centipede girowa muraij 
 
NOUNS — 
 
 ANIMALS. 65 
 
 cockatoo kiggum 
 
 kangaroo (female) niigal kuttuwain 
 
 black cockatoo kulverwa 
 
 do. (scrub k.)kulembi 
 
 cod dokko 
 
 do. barrel 
 
 crane kwowol 
 
 do. female bao-i 
 
 dog wutta 
 duck nar 
 
 do. (female ) 
 
 > kumaij 
 kulembi) ) 
 
 eagle wurama 
 
 do. (common)murri 
 
 eel yulu 
 
 locust yilla 
 
 emu nuruin 
 
 mosquito bumba 
 
 fisb (flat tail) billa 
 
 mouse mobur 
 
 fly tibin 
 
 goose rjirrii) ormulgaoi 
 
 (kirbibbaor 
 mullet < 
 
 ( undaiya 
 
 grub puiyim 
 
 opossum narambi 
 
 hawk kigum 
 
 opossum (black) kabbila 
 
 iguana warui 
 
 owl kuggu 
 
 iguana (yellow") 
 
 > kutyi 
 bellied) ) J 
 
 parrot per 
 pelican nirringa 
 
 jackass bird kaggu 
 
 pigeon konkelum 
 
 kangaroo (old) 
 
 > kroman 
 man) ) 
 
 pigeon (bronze-winged) tamUT 
 
 porpoise yullu 
 
 do. young durwun 
 
 porpoise (small) yuijun 
 
 do. female yimmer 
 
 quail murrindum 
 
 do. (young } . 
 y wulbai 
 
 rat kogkolai 
 
 in pouch) j 
 
 scorpion merinda 
 
 do. wallaby boal 
 
 shell fish yimar 
 
 do. (do. big) kuttiiwain 
 
 shell fish yuin 
 
66 
 
 DIPPIL. 
 
 
 
 shell fish 
 
 wurui) 
 
 deaf adder 
 
 munulgum 
 
 
 shell (oyster) 
 
 dibir 
 
 stingaree (fish) 
 
 winwaba 
 
 
 shark 
 
 kullo'i 
 
 swan 
 
 nirrin 
 
 
 snake (black) 
 
 mullfi 
 
 tarantula 
 
 thiwa 
 
 
 Snake (black deadly) 
 
 murriglr 
 
 turkey buzzard 
 
 wagun 
 
 
 snake (carpet) 
 
 wiujgai 
 
 turtle 
 
 mebir 
 
 
 snake (whip) 
 
 wirrawa 
 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 3. Miscellaneous. 
 
 
 
 apple-tree, a*" 
 
 ) 
 
 clothes 
 
 bumblr 
 
 
 species of 
 
 > yulayiilo or popa 
 
 cloud 
 
 mirrin 
 
 
 gum j 
 
 ) 
 
 coast 
 
 bukkan 
 
 
 axe 
 
 muyim 
 
 creek 
 
 durrai) 
 
 
 axe (of stone) 
 
 yemar-yemar 
 
 (See thigh mid arm of tree in 
 
 
 axe-handle 
 
 womboi 
 
 Dippil and 
 
 in Kamilaroi .) 
 
 
 beginning 
 
 uriunkin 
 
 egg 
 
 bam 
 
 
 boat 
 
 kumba 
 
 end 
 
 torn 
 
 
 blossom 
 
 nerida 
 
 end (point) 
 
 muur 
 
 
 basket 
 
 warn, warum 
 
 end (butt) 
 
 turbai 
 
 
 bark 
 
 kumba 
 
 enmity 
 
 winderu 
 
 
 box-tree 
 
 muij gamungara 
 
 fire 
 
 glra 
 
 
 branch 
 
 deraij 
 
 fig 
 
 kabura or bimer 
 
 
 bucket 
 
 P 1 
 
 flat (plain) 
 
 biru 
 
 
 bread-fruit 
 
 winnum 
 
 ground 
 
 daoer 
 
 
 boomerang 
 
 berkan 
 
 grease 
 
 mfiron 
 
 
 cloak 
 
 hella 
 
 gum (flooded) 
 
 yerra 
 
 
NOUNS — MISCELLANEOUS. 67 
 
 gum (forest) tambir 
 
 ( udhumbil or 
 path ] 
 
 ( guan 
 
 gum (blue) murjgar 
 
 honey (white, ) . 
 
 from small bee) ) 
 
 pine gunum 
 Pleiades miirrinmurrin 
 
 honey (dark, ) 
 
 I gilla 
 
 from large bee) ) 
 
 hill waikerdummai 
 
 pole pundai 
 
 poison-bark ~) 
 r [ dilkai 
 (brush -wood) ) 
 
 hut dfirabunnu 
 
 poison-bark tree tummapurba 
 
 ironbark tobun or tandor 
 
 rain yurui) or yuron 
 
 interior of country dunba 
 
 reed kaga 
 
 leaves wururj 
 
 river niiken 
 
 lightning billibira 
 
 root terbai 
 
 lemon (native) tarum 
 
 smell kabelliman 
 
 mark (notch) tindai 
 
 thunder miimba 
 
 mountain waiker 
 
 taste kagillanor 
 
 mountain range pondur 
 
 to-morrow bunyirki 
 
 mountain ridge diinba 
 
 shadow of a tree tuunurakalim 
 
 middle nirrim 
 
 scrub (jungle) duri 
 
 milky way muin or muun 
 
 shield (light) gudmurri 
 
 morning star dirai yirki 
 
 shield (heavy) yaoun 
 
 nest wldhun 
 
 smoke wiilui 
 
 net merburj 
 
 song yaoiir 
 
 netting (act of) duppi or kupera 
 
 spear (light) kunnai 
 
 oak billai 
 
 spear (heavy) billar 
 
 Orion's belt ) 
 
 \ kunnai 
 (a spear) ) 
 
 spear point nor 
 
 spear wound kunnuthum 
 
68 DIPPIL. 
 
 stick (throwing) kutha 
 
 victuals 
 
 pintja 
 
 stick (heavy) binba 
 
 water 
 
 kon 
 
 stick (curved) nulawa 
 
 water (salt) 
 
 tin-nir* 
 
 stick (fire) giradunka 
 
 waterhole 
 
 nullakongor 
 
 stem dokko 
 
 waterspring 
 
 kongowurrain 
 
 stone (free stone) kitta 
 
 waves 
 
 buriman 
 
 stone (black) nmllu 
 
 waves (breakers) bokankuriman 
 
 stone (flint) kunkum 
 summer nfirunan 
 
 winter 
 
 Twulladha or 
 (wiggin 
 
 swamp tlkumbi 
 
 yam 
 
 tarn 
 
 track (of feet) jinun daoer 
 
 yesterday 
 
 nambura 
 
 II.— ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 bad wuran 
 
 many 
 
 murrin 
 
 black mulu 
 
 new 
 
 dulliba 
 
 fast gillawa 
 
 old 
 
 wurubain 
 
 good gilangiir 
 
 round 
 
 duruin 
 
 heavy tankinbul 
 
 short 
 
 talbur 
 
 hungry kandu. 
 
 slow 
 
 dhimpe 
 
 large winwor 
 
 small 
 
 dummai 
 
 light nundi 
 
 tall 
 
 kuran 
 
 long kuran 
 
 white 
 
 kukkul 
 
 Comparatives are formed by doubling, as talburtalbur — too short or 
 
 very short. 
 
 
 * In Turrubul, at Moreton Bay, water is " tabbil" — salt water " 
 
 tabbilbon, i.e., dead water. 
 

 VERBS. 
 
 69 
 
 bend 
 
 III.— T 
 
 kumaggali 
 
 ^EE,BS. 
 
 
 ttiaVp 
 
 ( yunkaorboberen 
 
 build 
 
 (bunnin or 
 t duriyankin 
 
 11 Lev JVC 
 
 run 
 
 {.or durianker 
 bitelle 
 
 call 
 
 buialle 
 
 see 
 
 nunyin 
 
 come 
 
 bain 
 
 sharpen 
 
 kurigeyer 
 
 come back 
 
 bumgai 
 
 sit 
 
 ninnai 
 
 convey 
 
 dandinna 
 
 sleep 
 
 mibon 
 
 fight (with sticks) 
 fight (by pulling hair' 
 
 kudhera baiyi 
 tella baiyi 
 
 spear (to throw 
 the kunnai) 
 
 ^ bonkog 
 
 fasten together 
 
 bunurrin 
 
 spear (to throw 
 
 ? - • 
 
 give 
 
 wa 
 
 the billar) 
 
 > nurvam 
 
 go 
 
 yannin 
 
 stop 
 
 yiinmigo 
 
 hang 
 
 duggillina 
 
 spit 
 
 nuinbirra 
 
 jump 
 
 burrain 
 
 taste 
 
 kabundinna 
 
 kill 
 
 baigin 
 
 thrust out 
 
 birra 
 
 kneel 
 
 bondabumi 
 
 touch 
 
 budyia 
 
 laugh 
 
 wedhewedha 
 
 walk 
 
 yenna 
 
 lie (recline) 
 
 yunmlgo 
 
 weep 
 
 dungin 
 
 lie (tell lies) 
 
 yupillime 
 
 
 
 
 IV.— A] 
 
 )VERBS. 
 
 
 back again 
 
 buiya 
 
 not 
 
 ba 
 
 here 
 
 gai 
 
 where ? 
 
 wunti ? or winta ? 
 
 long ago 
 
 wurukiirubra 
 
 yes 
 
 yoai 
 
 no 
 
 kabbi 
 
 
 
70 
 
 DIPPIL. 
 
 V.— PRONOUNS. 
 
 I, nai, or ai, or ljutta 
 
 me, unna 
 
 to mc, enna 
 
 we two, alien, or nullin 
 
 thou, ljin, ninna, inta, indu 
 
 ye, gindai 
 
 he, unda 
 
 that (pointing to it) numhain 
 that (in front) mittenda 
 
 that (behind) kutyenda 
 
 that (on the right) durumya 
 that (on the left) wudlmngeru 
 that (above or below) minda 
 
 TiJin wunti yanin ? 
 
 Wai yowai yanin. 
 
 TiTin winta bain ? 
 
 Mai barin bain. 
 
 Ttfai kandu ; enna wa. 
 
 Mai baliin koijgo ; enna wa. 
 
 Winyo Magilpi ? Minda bobain 
 
 Makoron. indu nunyin ? 
 
 Yoai. 
 
 Makoron wunti yanin ? 
 
 Dalle winta makoron yanin ? 
 
 Nambur wurri yanin. 
 
 Dan murriyu yanin. 
 
 Dan winta bunna bumgai ? 
 
 Bunni yirki bumgai. 
 
 DIALOGUES IN DIPPIL. 
 
 You where going ? 
 I northward am going. 
 You whence come ? 
 I from the south come. 
 I am hungry ; to me give. 
 I am dying for icater ; to me give. 
 Where's Magilpi ? There he stands. 
 White men have you seen ? 
 Yes. 
 
 White men whither went t 
 Sow long since white men went ? 
 The day before yesterday they went. 
 The aborigines after kangaroo icent. 
 The aborigines when will come back? 
 To-morrow morning they come back. 
 
 "Wunda kurbunta bumgaigo. 
 
 In three days they come back. 
 
DIALOGUES. 
 
 71 
 
 "RTullin kroigo yengo Boppilkurri. 
 
 T<Iulle winta bunna mara bago ? 
 
 Banna nundara. 
 
 "EXulle dher murrin na merban. 
 
 Allin bunna duppigo yango ? 
 
 Nulla winta kam bunna-ungo ? 
 
 Murrinda bunna watungarimjgo. 
 
 Ket yenka kankulli. 
 
 Ba bitulle ; dhimper ; kankulle. 
 
 Minya dhurra buter ? 
 
 Murrinmurrin, 
 
 Kroman kurabunta, 
 
 Tharuain budela,. 
 
 Yimera boppa, 
 
 Bo'all budela, 
 
 Wutta bullana, 
 
 TiToron kalim. 
 
 Urru dan bumgain bobbinkurri ba 
 
 baigingo. 
 Bobbin bundu yunmigo, 
 Bobbin kammi bunnaginmain. 
 Dan di yowai baigin dan barringa ; 
 
 dan barringa bitellin. 
 
 Budela gira budela balun. 
 Kumbakabbi, dan di Bimba, 
 
 Let us for opossum go to Boppil. 
 
 We where them shall roast ? 
 
 By and by, on the other side. 
 
 We have plenty of nets. 
 
 Shall we to set nets go ? 
 
 Which way are heads to turn ? 
 
 Very much to the left. 
 
 On meeting call out. 
 
 Don't run ; take time ; shout. 
 
 Sow many did they kill ? 
 
 Very many, 
 
 Old men kangaroos three, 
 
 Bucks two, 
 
 Does three, 
 
 Wallabies two, 
 
 Native dogs two, 
 
 Emu one. 
 
 Some blackfellows came here my 
 
 father to kill. 
 Father asleep lay. 
 Father uncle him awoke. 
 The men of the north beat the men 
 
 of the south ; the men of the 
 
 south ran aicay. 
 Four died. 
 Kumbakabbi, a man of Bimba, 
 
72 DIPPIL. 
 
 Kam baigin dan di Toun. 
 
 Head cut from a man of To-un. 
 
 Dan kerbona durrai) burin. 
 
 Man another thigh, was broken. 
 
 Dan da Boppil burain, 
 
 A man at Boppil was mad, 
 
 Ba unda Dankurri ninnain, 
 
 Not he with men dwelt, 
 
 Unda burain durigo, 
 
 He went mad in to the scrub, 
 
 Unda murrinda buiyallin, 
 
 He often cried out, 
 
 Undaru dukkira kaowin. 
 
 Himself with knives he cut. 
 
 Wa dan bumgain, 
 
 If men came, 
 
 Undaru tankaru kaigin. 
 
 He ivith teeth bit. 
 
 Magilpi Boppilkurri yanin yirki, 
 
 Magilpi to Boppil went next day, 
 
 Unda na burain nunyin ; 
 
 He the madman saw ; 
 
 Undaru bunman. 
 
 Him he cured, i.e., (< bunman" drew 
 
 
 out (the evil). 
 
 ^Tallin mebirgo gu inyago. 
 
 Let us for turtles go out. 
 
 Wunti nummulligo ? 
 
 JjThere shall we look ? 
 
 Tom karango yango. 
 
 To Sandy Flat let us go. 
 
 Kumba nattu, ljindu, 
 
 Canoe my, yours, 
 
 Yikki kerbana. 
 
 Also another. 
 
 TiTa wunna budyigo, 
 
 And ivhen you find, 
 
 J6in kwivT. 
 
 You whistle. 
 
 "RTutta wunna budyigo, 
 
 I when I find, 
 
 Ttfutta kwivi. 
 
 I'll whistle. 
 
 Kai ! budyin ! 
 
 Here ! found ! 
 
 Wuraka murrin ; kai, 
 
 Dive plenty ; here 
 
 Kamwurrin. 
 
 Headfirst dive. 
 
 Kai unda bumgain kuruburu. 
 
 Here he comes another. 
 
DIALOGUES. 
 
 73 
 
 Uradummain. 
 
 Ponderuna wundina. 
 
 Kai mebir baigin. 
 
 Morbaingo, 
 
 Timdar baigi ; gunai) bunma. 
 
 Dukkin mohar, 
 
 Wuruma buggo. 
 
 Dan buialle mebirgo. 
 
 He's caught. 
 
 On his back turn him up. 
 
 Sere's a turtle caught. 
 
 Hoast him, 
 
 Shell break ; inside take out. 
 
 Red hot stones lay, 
 
 Put it on the fire. 
 
 The men call to the turtle. 
 
TTJEEUBTJL: 
 
 The Language of the Aborigines on the Brisbane Riuer. 
 
CALIFORNIA. 
 
 CttrrufruL 
 
 <X>K*iCM> 
 
 HIS language is spoken on the Brisbane River. It does not 
 ?w* extend nearly so far as Dippil. 
 
 >ft£» There are in Turrubul, nouns, pronouns, adjectives, verbs, 
 
 i adverbs, and conjunctions. Instead of prepositions, suffixes 
 
 are employed. 
 
 I.— NOUNS. 
 
 -du (suffix) signifies agency, and distinguishes the nominative 
 which has a verb from the simple name. 
 
 Example : — 
 
 1st Nominative : duggai a man 
 
 2nd Nominative : duggaidu a man (followed by a verb) . 
 
 Genitive : duggainubba ... of a man. 
 
 Dative : dugganu ............ for or to a man. 
 
 Accusative : duggana a man. 
 
 Ablative : duggaibuddi . . . with a man. 
 
 duggaiti at a man. 
 
 duggaida from a man. 
 
 Plural : , duggatin men, people. 
 
78 TURRUBTJL GRAMMAR. 
 
 Gender. 
 
 Difference of gender is expressed sometimes by using different 
 words ; as kruman, a male kangaroo (largest species) ; yimma, female 
 kangaroo. 
 
 Sometimes the suffix -gun or -un, gives a feminine signification, 
 as in the proper family names, e.g., derwain, derwaingun; bundar, 
 bundargun, bandur, bandurun ; also nurrig (son) ; nurringun 
 (daughter). 
 
 II.— PRONOUNS. 
 The Turrubul has personal, possessive, interrogative, demonstra- 
 tive, and indefinite pronouns. 
 
 (1.) Personal. 
 
 Singular : 1. nutta, atta, gai, ai, naia I. 
 
 2. ijinta, inda thou. 
 
 3. wunnal he, she. 
 
 Dual: 1. rjullin you and I. 
 
 2. nilpug ye two. 
 
 Plural: 1. nulle we. 
 
 2. gilpulla ye. 
 
 3. wunnalina, wunnale, orwunyale they. 
 
 (2.) Possessive. 
 
 1. ijurriba my. 
 
 2. ninnuba thy. 
 
VERBS. 79 
 
 (3.) Interrogative. 
 
 Masculine and feminine : gandu ? who ? 
 
 Neuter : minna ? what T 
 
 (4.) Demonstrative. 
 
 This duga. 
 
 That guruga. 
 
 (5.) Indefinite. 
 
 All gambille. 
 
 Another kurruba. 
 
 Many millen, millenkulle. 
 
 III.— VERBS. 
 
 The most remarkable feature in the grammar of the Australian 
 languages is the very extensive inflection of the verbs. The voices, 
 active, reciprocal, causative, permissive, &c, are numerous ; and the 
 tenses are adapted to express various slight modifications of past and 
 future. Here is one specimen, taken down in the hope, not yet 
 realised, of having opportunity to add many more. 
 
 bulkurri to come. 
 
 bulkairi bring, i.e., cause to come. 
 
 Indicative past : bulkurri came. 
 
 future : bulkulliba will come. 
 
 Imperative: bulka come. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 ( Words in brackets are used at Durimdurun, near the Glass-house Mountains.) 
 
 I.— NOUNS. 
 
 Names of most important Objects. 
 
 God 
 
 man 
 
 woman 
 
 •I 
 
 -Mumbal,* 
 Mirir 
 Burrai 
 ^Burrani 
 duggai 
 
 Jjundal (njgurun) 
 (iijaran) 
 
 ghost, spirit, "\ 
 
 / magu*i,makoron, 
 also white > 
 
 V mudhar 
 man J 
 
 {guru, nurul, 
 tungin 
 f maowi, 
 (maiyi 
 
 Sbigi (bulubar), 
 (kuiyar) 
 
 soul 
 
 devil 
 
 sun 
 
 moon 
 
 stars 
 
 Skillen, babun, 
 kakurri (rjaitj urj- 
 gil) (guddui)) 
 
 f mirregm 
 
 earth 
 sky 
 
 man (white) 
 
 ( (mirrhjgim) 
 tar or dar 
 birra 
 
 {makoron, 
 makurrag 
 woman (white) tjerran 
 
 Sty an j dan, 
 dumban, 
 kurringum 
 aboriginal man dan 
 
 aboriginal 
 woman 
 
 ! 
 
 yeran 
 
 * "Mumbal" signifies thunder. It is also used as the name of the Great Being 
 who speaks in thunder. So did the Britons, before the introduction of Christianity, 
 worship Taranis (Thunder) as one of the three deities they acknowledged. At Point 
 Macleay, in South Australia, the aborigines speak of " Nurundee " as the supreme God. 
 " Mirir" or " Mirirul" is used in this sense far along the coast to the south, and 
 " Dhurumbulum " has the same meaning at Twofold Bay. 
 

 NOTTNS- 
 
 —MAN. 81 
 
 
 2. Man : parts of his body. 
 
 head 
 
 magul (kom) 
 
 arm (fore-arm) taron (wiyebbi) 
 
 hair 
 
 kabui (kum) 
 
 hand murra (dukkur) 
 
 forehead 
 
 yilim (guliig) 
 
 finger killin 
 
 eyebrow 
 
 ( mithiltin 
 ( (dippinjun) 
 
 finger-nails mukkura 
 
 belly tiggeri (kuddur) 
 
 eye 
 
 mil, mia 
 
 thigh durra (durrug) 
 
 nose 
 
 muro 
 
 knee bon (budn) 
 
 lips 
 
 tamburu 
 
 leg puiyo 
 
 teeth 
 
 tier (dug gal) 
 
 foot tidna (dinnag) 
 
 cheek 
 
 (turgor) 
 
 blood kaoun, giwvir 
 
 ear 
 
 pidna (piniag) 
 
 ( tirben or tjirben, 
 
 beard 
 
 yeren (yeya) 
 
 (geralgeral, dig 
 
 throat 
 
 (diinug) 
 
 vein kaiyug 
 
 neck 
 
 (gurrun) 
 
 breath or spirit gar, guru 
 
 breast 
 
 tundera (guggur) 
 
 flesh paigulpaigul 
 
 back 
 
 toggul 
 
 flesh and blood budelum 
 
 side 
 shoulder 
 
 kutta 
 kikka 
 
 marks in the ) 
 
 J- mulwarra 
 flesh ) 
 
 arm (humerus) 
 
 yumma (gumig) 
 
 
 
 3. Man: h 
 
 is relations. 
 
 father 
 
 big, babiin, buba 
 
 f nuridmun, 
 
 mother 
 
 pujag, bfidag 
 
 son "j 
 
 (nurrig 
 
 child 
 
 nammul 
 
 daughter nuringun, kin 
 
82 
 
 TURRUBUL — 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 wife 
 
 ( mirru 
 
 ( (dual) mirruij 
 
 grandmother 
 girl 
 
 (kuminun) 
 kin, yurumkun 
 
 brother 
 
 (nubbin) a, aban, 
 ( (wuntjimun) 
 
 little girl 
 boy 
 
 killalan 
 ( mualum, 
 (. duandin, buiy Ir 
 
 brother (younger) 
 
 duaijal 
 
 sister 
 
 daddi,mui)ur)kul 
 
 baby 
 
 moalam 
 
 friend (comrade) u'njun 
 
 young man 
 
 kippa 
 
 grandfather 
 
 (yuguinpin) 
 
 full man 
 
 mutta 
 
 
 4. Animai 
 
 US — Daoiin. 
 
 
 bird 
 
 mirrun,daounpin 
 
 flies 
 
 dudunburra 
 
 bream 
 
 nullun 
 
 jackass bird 
 
 kakowan 
 
 butterfly 
 
 balumbir 
 
 kangaroo 
 
 (murri) 
 
 catfish 
 
 gamerikurra 
 
 kangaroo (old 
 
 ") kuruman, 
 ) g u ruman 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 kaiyar 
 
 man) 
 
 black cockatoo 
 
 karara, karer 
 
 locust 
 
 dinplr 
 
 cock of wood 
 
 kao-al 
 
 mosquito 
 
 tibig 
 
 crow 
 
 wowul, wowa 
 
 mussel 
 
 bukkaoa 
 
 dog 
 
 meye, mirri 
 
 HlUSSei beautiful) 
 
 dullin 
 
 dog (wild) 
 
 nulgul 
 
 opossum 
 
 kubbi 
 
 duck 
 
 ija, nar 
 
 pelican 
 
 bulualum(ijirrir)) 
 
 eagle 
 
 dibbil (budhar) 
 
 sea pigs 
 
 yunun 
 
 eel 
 
 tagun 
 
 shark 
 
 poai 
 
 emu 
 fish 
 
 guyi (ijurun) 
 ( gandakul, 
 
 snake 
 
 ( kabuljbui, yuun, 
 ( (yuwun, wmjai) 
 
 (kuiyur (gundaya) 
 
 whales 
 
 talubilla 
 
MISCELLANEOUS NOUNS. 
 
 83 
 
 5. Miscellaneous Nouns. 
 
 ant-hill tanmurrin 
 
 basket yirimbin 
 
 basket (small) bui)gug,bui)gom 
 
 boat kundu 
 
 boat's deck kurragutta 
 
 boomerang barrakadan 
 boots (feet, belonging to) dinnaguba 
 
 bread-fruit tiungul 
 
 bucket yuppar 
 
 bushes kuddal 
 
 charcoal kuro'in 
 
 clay (pipe) dullan 
 
 clay (red) guiyin 
 
 club tabbir 
 
 corobbary yowar 
 
 day bigi 
 
 dung kudena 
 
 dung (man's) bandiko 
 
 dung (ox's) gunan 
 
 dung (dog's) dungul, dual 
 
 dust yarun 
 
 of dust y aruntiber 
 
 C girar, yarun, 
 
 ( durrun 
 
 evening bigibirpi 
 
 earth (dry) 
 
 fire 
 
 fern durvin 
 
 fig noana 
 
 fig (little) kunnin 
 
 ^talu, kuddum, 
 
 ( or ku'iyim 
 
 ( bungil pungil, 
 grass < 
 
 ( bon 
 
 grass (long coarse) walli wallin gar an 
 
 grass (similar) wugarpin 
 
 graSS (another variety) tukka 
 
 grass (rushes) yikibbin 
 
 hat (head, belonging to) magulkuba 
 
 hilaman (shield) kuntan 
 
 herb kegirelpin 
 
 herb (creeping) dam 
 
 herb muttanuntunbin 
 
 herb ( water-weed)y err a 
 
 herb do. nambur 
 
 herb (fern-like) yugai 
 
 hole mir 
 
 leaf (withered) wuij 
 
 light kittibilla 
 
 light (of candle) telija 
 
 (tudnagain or 
 lightning < 
 
 ( tug gain or tjil 
 
84 
 
 TURRTJBUL VOCABULARY. 
 
 master 
 
 bundur 
 
 river 
 
 
 warril 
 
 morning 
 
 nunnunubbu 
 
 road 
 
 
 Tkulgun or 
 (gulwun, tumbar 
 
 mud 
 
 wobum 
 
 
 
 mug 
 
 bunduin 
 
 sand 
 
 
 yarun 
 
 name 
 
 nurri 
 
 
 
 ( pamirrikiri'i 
 (tabbilbon 
 
 necklace or 
 
 ) 
 
 sea 
 
 
 headband of 
 
 > kaiirbin 
 
 shape 
 
 
 nor 
 
 yellow reeds 
 
 ) 
 
 shield 
 
 
 kuntan 
 
 net 
 
 baial 
 
 smoke 
 
 
 duun 
 
 large fish net 
 
 mundin, tumma 
 
 spear 
 
 
 bilan, gunnai 
 
 kangaroo net 
 
 merbun 
 
 stone 
 
 
 nullungirra 
 
 night 
 
 nunnu 
 
 things 
 
 
 nunantjin 
 
 nulla nulla (club) taberi 
 
 thundei 
 
 
 mumbal, miigara 
 
 potato 
 
 gua, gulwal 
 
 trousers 
 
 5 (thi fugto!) ng " derra 9 UDa 
 
 quartz pebble 
 
 dakki 
 
 water 
 
 
 ljaraoin, tabbil 
 
 rainbow 
 
 kai-ao-ur 
 
 wharf 
 
 
 mumpa 
 
 
 Various spec 
 
 ies of Trees. 
 
 
 tree 
 
 Cpaggum, bagur 
 (du (wilaij) 
 
 gum (another 
 
 bulortum 
 
 gum 
 
 do. 
 
 kundibar 
 
 fig 
 
 gurai, goana 
 
 gum 
 
 do. 
 
 mungar 
 
 
 ( burutlia, 
 ( tabilpulla 
 
 oak (sw 
 
 r amp) 
 
 bundlbar 
 
 myrtle 
 
 stringy- 
 
 ■bark 
 
 ti 
 
 gum 
 
 gillumbir 
 
 tree blossom 
 
 bumbar 
 
 gum (another) yurra 
 
 log 
 
 
 bural, mulliij 
 
 gum do. 
 
 buneri 
 
 dry and 
 
 dead ti 
 
 •ee dulgai 
 
ADJECTIVES. 
 
 85 
 
 brushwood darum, dillar 
 
 small tree *\ 
 
 bearing a > bundai 
 black berry J 
 another species kidnabullum 
 do. birjper 
 
 do. bundugumbin 
 
 do. wungo 
 
 guran tuanpin 
 
 another species burabi 
 stump billayir 
 
 a red-leaved 
 
 shrub 
 
 another shrub dirbag 
 another shrub durri 
 another(water shrub) duntibbin 
 
 anotheroikeras P berry)kubbukubburan 
 
 II.— ADJECTIVES. 
 
 alive 
 
 milbulpu 
 
 good 
 
 murrumba 
 
 black 
 
 kurun 
 
 great 
 
 kuriimba 
 
 blind 
 
 milwaddeli 
 
 hungry 
 
 waiara 
 
 cold 
 
 igil 
 
 like 
 
 gamba 
 
 dark 
 
 kurun 
 
 red 
 
 kaoinkao'in 
 
 darling 
 
 kunman 
 
 useless 
 
 waddeli 
 
 eldest 
 
 nawudenmun 
 
 white 
 
 buppa 
 
 NUMEKALS. 
 
 1 Kunnar. 2 budela. 3 muddan. 
 
 4 budela budela. 5 muddanbudela. 
 
 first 
 
 Ordinal Numbers. 
 yutta. 
 
 second kurruga. 
 
86 
 
 TURRUBTJL — VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 
 III.— PRONOUNS— (See Grammar.) 
 
 
 IV.— VERBS. 
 
 
 appear 
 
 numbani 
 
 meet 
 
 dandiiri 
 
 break 
 
 bug ui) din 
 
 name 
 
 nai-iburri 
 
 breathe 
 
 pui 
 
 pity 
 
 tugul 
 
 brillff (cause to 
 
 30 me) bulkairi 
 
 run 
 
 buaraoa ; Igere 
 
 close up 
 
 dulluguntumurri 
 
 say 
 
 yari 
 
 come 
 
 bulkurri ; ba 
 
 see 
 
 nanni 
 
 come back 
 
 wirepi 
 
 send 
 
 waiari 
 
 covered 
 
 kunkamurri 
 
 separate 
 
 punmangillin 
 
 cut 
 
 ( kaii ; kabari ; 
 ( kulkurri 
 
 set (set) ; 
 will set 
 
 } kurrai ; 
 
 ) kurraipuggu 
 
 draw out 
 
 punman 
 
 sit 
 
 ijinnen 
 
 fly 
 
 yuruduija 
 
 shine ; 
 
 ") numbai ; 
 
 give 
 
 wudda 
 
 will shine 
 
 ) numbaipuggu 
 
 go 
 
 yadeni ; yennan 
 
 sleep 
 
 bugan 
 
 grow 
 
 C durun, 
 
 sleep, put to 
 
 buganmurri 
 
 (duruthuga 
 
 stop 
 
 kagalom 
 
 kiss 
 
 dandildelaima 
 
 swim 
 
 yuruduga 
 
 lose 
 
 balloteriari 
 
 want 
 
 yaneri 
 
 make 
 
 yugari 
 
 work 
 
 yakka 
 
ADVERBS. 87 
 
 V.— ADVERBS. 
 
 afar yunpag 
 
 long ago kaloma 
 
 afterwards burm or paru 
 
 not yugar (wukka) 
 
 also ikki 
 
 now, at once berren 
 
 altogether ") 
 completely ) 
 
 quickly banka 
 there nam 
 
 first berren 
 
 there (very far off) na-m 
 
 here goggum 
 
 yes yoai 
 
 Adverb of interrogation eko. 
 
 Unlike " yamma" in Kamilaroi, " eko" is put at the end of the question. 
 
88 TURRUBUL. 
 
 NAMES OP ABORIGINES ON THE BRISBANE. 
 
 [The first is the proper personal name ; the second, the family name.] 
 
 Bippinerra (bundar). 
 
 
 Dugalantin (bundar) ) 
 
 > old men, brothers, uncles to Bippinerra. 
 Berali (bundar) ; 
 
 Burrul (derwain) a very tall 
 
 man. 
 
 Durur (derwain). 
 
 
 Dulluwunna (derwain) son of Birumbirra (bandur) . 
 
 Wudnarjga (derwain) his wife Bumerum (derwain gun). 
 
 Baiiba (derwaingun). 
 
 
 DIALOGUE. 
 
 minya inta yuggari ? 
 
 What you have done ? 
 
 minya inta berren yuggaliba 
 
 ? What you now are doing ? 
 
 kahu ! nutta kulkulliba 
 
 Stop (just now) ! I am cutting 
 
 diranum bagur 
 
 This tree 
 
 tagoba or jakoba 
 
 Altogether. 
 
 nutta yuggari berren. 
 
 I have finished now. 
 
 nam ljandu ? 
 
 There, who ? 
 
 nurri bulkai minyalun ? 
 
 To me bring that thing — what d'ye 
 
 
 call ? 
 
 wunyalu yaraman bulkairi. 
 
 He the horse brought. 
 
 wunyalu nurrii) waiari 
 
 He (his) son sent. 
 
 (weari) 
 
 
:pj^:r ajphk ases. 
 
 From Genesis 
 
 Mumbal rjambillebu nunantjin yugari. 
 
 Kaloma blgi yugar, rja killen yugar 
 rja mirregin ; rja daoun yugar milbulpu. 
 Ikki tar, rjulpa rjinedu, tar yugar. 
 
 Kurumba Mumbal gambillebu yugari. 
 Tar berren kiirun, yugar nor rjinedu. 
 Kurunkurun wungunti tabbil rjinne. 
 Bagul yugar duruthurja tarti, kuddal 
 yugar, duggatin yugar, yaraman yugar rja 
 murri yugar, rjurun yugar. 
 
 Mumbal rjambillebu yugari, muddan rja 
 muddan blgi. Tutta blgi ; Mumbal yari; 
 "Kittibilla bulka!" Berren kittibilla 
 bulkurri. Mumbal kittibilla nanni ; kitti- 
 billa murrumba ; Mumbal kittibilla pun- 
 mangillin kurunkurunti. Mumbal kitti- 
 billa naiiburri Bigi ; wunnal kurunkurun 
 naiiburri rjunnu. Blgiblrpi rja rjunnu- 
 rjubbu bigi kunnar. 
 
 Bigi kurruga ; Mumbal birra yugari. 
 Bigi muddan ; Mumbal yari ; " TJam- 
 billebu tabbil kunnarti wuni ; rja durrun 
 numbani." Burru wunnal tabbil naiiburri 
 Tabbilbon ; "RTa durrun naiiburri Tar. 
 "Wunnal bagur yugari rja bungil ; bungil 
 dvirun, tar kiinkamurri. 
 
 Budela rja biidela blgi; Mumbal bigi 
 rja killen yugari ; Wunnal yari ; bigi 
 nfimbaipuggu ; burru wunnal kurraipuggu. 
 Ikki Wunnal mirregin yugari. 
 
 i., ii., and hi. 
 
 God all things made. 
 
 Long ago sun not, and moon not, or 
 stars ; and creature not living. Also earth, 
 we upon it, earth (was) not. 
 
 Great God all made. Earth at first dark, 
 not shape in it. Darkness upon water sat. 
 Trees not growing on earth, bushes not, 
 men not, horses not, and kangaroo not, 
 emu not. 
 
 God all made three and three 
 First day ; God said ; " Light come !" 
 Instantly light came. God the light saw ; 
 the light was good ; God light separated 
 from darkness. God the light named 
 day ; He darkness named night. Evening 
 and morning, day one. 
 
 Day second ; God the sky made. Day 
 three ; God said ; " All waters to one 
 bring; and dry land appear." Afterwards 
 He water named sea ; and dry land 
 named earth ; He trees made and grass ; 
 grass grew, earth it covered. 
 
 Two and two day ; God sun and moon 
 made ; He said ; sun shall shine ; after- 
 wards it shall set. Also he stars made. 
 
90 
 
 TTJRRUBTJL. 
 
 Budela ga muddan bigi ; Mumbal 
 taounpin yugari ; taounpin wungunti 
 yurudunga. Wunnal kurumba tallubilla 
 yugari, ga baoai ga yungun ga gambille 
 kuiyiir yugari ; kui'yur yurudunga tabbilti. 
 
 Muddan ga muddan bigi ; Mumbal 
 yaraman, bulla, murri, yuwun, kuppi, 
 mirri, gulgul, munkimunki, gambillebu 
 milbulpu tarti ginedu yugari. Burru 
 Mumbal yari ; " guile yugale duggaigamba 
 ijulle ; ga Wunnal bundur gambillebu 
 tarti, ga gambillebu nanantjin ginedu." 
 Berren Mumbal duggai yugari gamba 
 "Wunnal murrumba. Ikki Mumbal jundal 
 yugari gamba Wunnal murrumba. Mum- 
 bal yaruntiber duggana yugari. Wunnal 
 guru pu'i kurribunmurri murudi ; berren 
 duggai milbulpubun; Mumbal duggana 
 naiiburri " Adam." 
 
 Mumbal yari " Tugar murrumba duggai 
 kunnar ginnen. Tutta jundal wunnaun 
 yuggale." Mumbal Adam bugganmurri 
 pu'iyala dai'n. Mumbal tirben (tjirben) 
 kuttadiber p unman ; Wunnal bankapaigul- 
 paigul dulluguntumurri. Berren Wunnal 
 tjirben kuttadiber punmaniber jundana 
 yugari. Burru Mumbal jundana bul- 
 kairi dugganu. Adam yari " Ka jundal 
 tjirben tjirbenti gurribati, gapaigulpaigul 
 paigulpaigulti gurribati ; wunnal jundal 
 gurriba." 
 
 Nurri duggai Adam ; nurri jundal Iva. 
 Mumbal duggana ga jundana yari : "TJmta 
 tjungul, goaga, kunnin, boinyi boinyi, 
 gambillebu bagulti tulla : gundu kunnar 
 bagur gurti jillerdu inta wunna dungama 
 
 Two and three day ; God birds made ; 
 birds upward were flying. He great 
 whales made, and sharks, and sea-pigs, 
 and all fish, made ; fish swim in water. 
 
 Three and three day ; God horse, bul- 
 lock, kangaroo, snake, opossum, dog, wild 
 dog, sheep, all living creatures on earth 
 dwelling made. Afterwards - God said ; 
 " We will make man like us ; and he 
 master of all the earth, and of all things 
 in it." At once God man made like Him 
 good. Also God woman made like him 
 good. God of dust man made. He a 
 soul breathed into nostrils ; at once man 
 was alive ; God man named " Adam." 
 
 God said " Not good man alone to be." 
 I woman for him will make. God Adam 
 sleep made long lying down. God a bone 
 out of side pulled ; He quickly the flesh 
 closed up again. At once He the bone 
 out of side pulled out a woman formed. 
 Afterwards God the woman brought to 
 the man. Adam said " This woman bone 
 of bone mine, and flesh of flesh mine ; 
 she wife my." 
 
 Name man Adam ; name woman Eve. 
 God to man and woman said : "Ye bread- 
 fruit, fig, little fig, bunya bunya, all trees 
 eat ; only one tree in midst standing you 
 do not of that tree eat. Te when that 
 
PARAPHRASES. 
 
 91 
 
 bagurna tulla. kfinta winna dungama 
 bagurna tulli, ga ginta ljundu balluia 
 bigibu." 
 
 "Waddeli magu'i yuunti bulkurri ; wun- 
 nal yari " Mumbal yari, ginta wunna 
 gambillebu bagulti tulla ?" Iva yari : 
 " Mumbal yari gullegunna ; ginta tjun- 
 gul, goaga, kunnin, boinyiboinyi, ijam- 
 billebu bagulti tulla ; gundii kunnar bagur 
 gurti jillerdu iuta wunnaduugama bagurna 
 tulla. TJinta winna dungama bagurna tulli, 
 ninta gundu balluia bigibu. Bagur gurti 
 jillerdu tunbul." 
 
 Magu'i yuunti ginedu yari, " Uinta 
 yugar ballui. Burra ginta winna bagur- 
 na gurti jillerdu tulli, mil ginta yuggaipa; 
 ginta gamba Mumbal." Jundalguipunang 
 yuun winujigurri ; kudna muiya dunga 
 bagurnu. Burru wunnal piinman ; ga 
 turn, ga dugganu widdan ; duggaidu 
 turri. "Wunnale mil yuggan ; wunnale 
 miiginpunni ; wunnale guruman kuddalti 
 Mumbalnundi, naiya gundu gullinga. 
 
 Mumbal kungain : " Adam, winna 
 inta?" Adam yari, " gutta yundum ; 
 gutta muginpunni, gutta guruman." 
 Mumbal yari : " Inta minninji mugin- 
 punna ? Inta bagurna gurti jillerdu 
 turri ?" Duggai yari : " Jundal Inta 
 gurri widdaniber, wunnal jundal gurri 
 bagurti mddan ; ga gutta turri." Mumbal 
 jundana yari : " Inta minya yugari ?" 
 Jundal yari : " Tuundu gunna nullug- 
 murri yari; ga gutta turri." Mumbal 
 duggana ga jundana yari : " Hpug 
 budelabu ballui. Ilpug yarung kumbal, 
 ga yarung kumbal ilpung wirre.' 
 
 tree eat, even you surely will die that day." 
 
 A bad demon into serpent came ; he said, 
 " Has God said, ye must not all trees 
 eat?" Eve said: "God said to us, ye 
 breadfruit, fig, little fig, bunya bunya, all 
 trees eat ; only one tree in midst standing 
 ye must not that tree eat. Te when that 
 tree eat, ye surely will die that day. Tree 
 in midst standing forbidden." 
 
 The demon in serpent dwelling said "Te 
 not will die. After you when tree in midst 
 standing eat, eyes your will be well ; you 
 like God." The woman believing the ser- 
 pent heard ; heart was longing for the tree. 
 Then she plucked ; and ate and to man 
 gave ; the man ate. Their eyes saw well ; 
 they were ashamed ; they hid themselves 
 in bushes from God, see lest us two. 
 
 Godcried out: "Adam, where art thou?" 
 Adam said : " I was afraid ; I was ashamed, 
 I hid myself." God said: " You wherefore 
 ashamed ? You the tree in midst standing 
 have eaten?" The man said: "The 
 woman Thou me gavest to be with, that 
 woman to me of the tree gave; and I ate." 
 God to woman said : " Thou what hast 
 done ?" The woman said : " The serpent 
 me lies told ; and I ate." God man and 
 woman said : " Ye two both shall die. Ye 
 dust only, and dust only ye return. 
 
92 TTJRRTJBTJL. 
 
 "RTunna bukki winunga ; gutta ilpullana 
 
 Me a little listen to ; I to you will 
 
 yali; gutta yugar mudyeri punna; ya 
 
 speak ; I not lies tell ; talk good for all. 
 
 murrumba gambillegu. 
 
 
 Tmmanuel wunnal Mumbal-nubba 
 
 Immanuel he is Q-od's son; He man 
 
 nurrig ; "Wunnal duggai punni ; wunnal 
 
 became ; he died for us. 
 
 ballun gulpunna. 
 
 
 "RTulle gambillebu waddeli; Mumbal 
 
 "We all are bad ; God angry with us. 
 
 bandugullegunna. Mumbal yari: ""RJam- 
 
 God said : " All men are bad ; I will 
 
 billebu duggatin waddeli ; gutta kalimurri 
 
 punish them." 
 
 wunnalina." 
 
 
 Immanuel yari : " "Wunna ginta kali- 
 
 Immanuel said : " Do not Thou punish 
 
 mul wunnalina ; gunna ginta kalimul ; 
 
 them ; me do Thou punish ; me do Thou 
 
 gunna ginta bumma, gutta ballupa." 
 
 smite, that I may die." 
 
 Immanuel wunnal murrumba ; "Wunnal 
 
 Immanuel he is good ; He died for 
 
 ballun gullegunnu ; guile nambillebu 
 
 us ; we all are bad ; we are alive ; us not 
 
 waddeli ; guile mibulpubun ; gullegunna 
 
 he punishes. 
 
 yugar kalimunna. 
 
 
 Immanuel murrumba; yugar waddeli 
 
 Immanuel was good ; no evil within him 
 
 wunalpuddi ginedu. "Wunnal paiimbiladin 
 
 dwelt. He sick people healed ; He eyes 
 
 yuggan : Wunnal mil wullimbadin yuggan ; 
 
 of blind healed ; He also deaf healed ; He 
 
 "Wunnal ga pidnaguntu. yuggan; "Wunnal 
 
 dead raised up, and alive made. 
 
 kunglr bulgunmurri, ga milbulpumurri. 
 
 
 Burru waddeli duggatin Immanuel mani, 
 
 Afterwards bad men Immanuel seized 
 
 ga kungirmurri. "Wunuale bagur tubui 
 
 and killed. They a tree straight cut down ; 
 
 kulkurri ; wunnale kurruba bagur kulkurri 
 
 they another tree cut down, and laid 
 
 ga wunkamurri; wunnale budelabo bagur- 
 
 along ; they the two trees fastened. They 
 
 nanunni. "Wunnale Immanuel mani ; mir 
 
 Immanuel seized; holes in hands they 
 
 murradi bimberri ; ga mir tjidnendi bim- 
 
 pierced ; and holes in feet they pierced. 
 
 berri. T^Ta wunnale Immanuel bagurti 
 
 And they Immanuel on tree put : and He 
 
 wune : l^Ja "Wunnal duran bagurti : "RTa 
 
 was hung on the tree : and He died. 
 
 "Wunnal kungirpun. 
 
 
 "Wunnale bulgunmurri bagurubba ; tarti 
 
 They took him down from tree; in 
 
 dai-emurri. 
 
 ground laid him. 
 
PARAPHRASES. 
 
 93 
 
 Immanuel guaumbo kunglr daieduga ; 
 mudelago Wunnal kunglr daieduga ; ga 
 gunnu kurruba kunglr daieduga : kurruba 
 mudelago Wunnal bulkurrun milbulpu- 
 bun. Burru Immanuel birradi wundare ; 
 berren Wunnal birradi ginnenna. Wun- 
 nalu gulpana nanna. 
 
 From Luke vii. 
 Immanuel millendu yana ; ga Wunnal 
 yeatuga Kapernailm; Kapernaum miant- 
 jun; guruga Kommandant : wunnanubu 
 duggai paingo daina; wunnal tjigenti 
 balluni. Kommandant Immanuel wma- 
 gurri miantjun glnadu : wunnal duggatin 
 moyumko waiari : "Duggai gurriba pain- 
 go ; inta bulka ; paii yagulliba." Duggai 
 bulkurri ; tiggen yali Immanuel bulkullibi. 
 Wunnale yali, " Kommandant murrumba 
 duggai." Immanuel yeatuga guile bugga. 
 Wunnale tjigenti bulkurri umpigga. 
 
 Kommandant wunnaniiba gubbuga wai- 
 ari ; wunnal yalibe, " Wunna bulkul ; 
 gutta yugar murrumba; wunna ginta 
 bulkultu umpi gurriba. kTinta wulla 
 kunnar ya ; ginta ya, ' Wunnal yaraipa'; 
 berren wunnal murrumba bai. Uutta 
 baigal kaiabunda: millen duggatin gunna 
 gurpigga ka wunna : kTutta kunnar ya, 
 1 ginta yerra'; berren wunnal yerri : TJutta 
 kurruba yali, 'ginta bulka'; berren wunnal 
 bulkurri ; gutta kurruba yali, 'ginta duga 
 yuggali'; berren wunnal yuggari." Im- 
 manuel duga pinag. Birribug bugguru 
 buddai : gillugin unal ; yari, " gutta 
 yugarpo nanni duggai gamba wunnal. 
 TJundin gunna yugar winugunna. Kar 
 Kommandant gunna winugunna." 
 
 Immanuel tbat night dead lay ; next 
 day He dead lay ; and night another dead 
 He lay ; next to-morrow He came up alive. 
 Afterwards Immanuel to heaven went up. 
 now He in heaven dwells. He us sees. 
 
 and viii. 
 
 Immanuel long spoke ; and He came to 
 Capernaum. Capernaum, a town. There 
 was the chief man : his man sick lay ; he 
 almost dead. The Commandant Immanuel 
 heard in town to be ; he men on message 
 sent, " Man my is sick ; you come ! the 
 sick heal." The men came ; earnestly 
 asked Immanuel to come. They said, 
 " The Commandant is a good man." Im- 
 manuel went them with. They near came 
 to house. 
 
 Commandant his brother sent ; he said, 
 " Do not come ; I not am good ; do not 
 thou come to house my. Thou word one 
 speak ; Thou say, ' Let him be well'; at 
 once he well will be. I am a man of 
 power : many men me behind follow : 
 I to one say, ' Thou go'; at once he goes : 
 I to another say, ' Thou come'; at once 
 he comes : I another tell, ' Thou this 
 do'; at once he does it." Immanuel 
 this heard. He greatly wondered : He 
 turned round ; He said, " 1 never saw a 
 man like him. Any besides (him) me 
 not believes. Only the Commandant me 
 believes." 
 
94 
 
 TURRUBUL. 
 
 Duggatin Kommandantnubba wirreni 
 umpirja ; nanna duggana paingo daiida 
 murrumba wunnal yuggan. 
 
 Immanuel tarti bulkurri,Gadara tjigenti, 
 Galili. Duggai bulkurri mianjunti wun- 
 nana gadun. Magui'ku barkil wunnal- 
 puddi ginedu ; wunnal pidna-wuddeli ; 
 gerag gerag yugarpowumbaduga; umpigga 
 yugarpo ginnen ; wunnal kuggirti ginne 
 dug a. Wunnal Immanuel nanni ; kuggai'n 
 karan wunnalpuddi ; yari, " Minyago 
 gunna ginta, Immanuel nurrig Mumbal- 
 nubba ? Inta wunna, gutta muian, inta 
 wunna gunna kalimul." Immanuel yari, 
 " Magu'i, bulkurri duggai puddi." 
 
 Tjigen wunnana mani, wunnanuba 
 gubbug tjidne ga murra nunni ; wunnal 
 biigguru kamari. TJa magui'du wunnana 
 kawane kudnigulti. Immanuel yari, "Naii 
 ginta minya"? Maguidu yari, " Kurumba 
 mulla." Milieu magu'i wunnal-puddi kur- 
 rin. TJambille magu'i mu'i-an, " Wunna 
 gullegunna waialta wunku." 
 
 Pigpig millenkolle bippudi tanmunna. 
 Magu'i mui'an, yari " guile yerra pigpig, 
 eko"? Wunnal yari "Terra." Berren 
 gambille magu'i yeatunga duggaipa pigpigti 
 kurrin ; berren gambille pigpig tubborpun 
 Igcren tubburti bipudi bunkin, ga tabbilti 
 wunugin. 
 
 Duggatin pigpig inelta Igeren mient- 
 jinti; gambilla yari. Duggaitin mient- 
 jintiber yeatuga, nanniber minna yugari. 
 Wunnal bulkurri ; Immanuel nanni ; 
 duggai magu'i ineltu nanni jidnendi Im- 
 manuel-nubba ginedu, gerang gerang pilla, 
 
 The men of the Commandant returned 
 to the house ; they see the man sick lying ; 
 well him become. 
 
 Immanuel to land came, Gadara near 
 in Galilee. A man came from town him 
 to meet. A demon long time in him dwelt ; 
 he was mad ; clothes not wore ; in house 
 not dwelt ; he with the dead dwelt con- 
 stantly. He Jesus saw ; he cried out ; 
 he fell him before, said " What me thou, 
 Immanuel son of God ? Thou do not, I 
 beseech, thou do not me torment." Jesus 
 said, " Demon, come from the man." 
 
 Often him it seized ; his brother feet 
 and hands tied ; he the rope broke. And 
 the demon him drove to the forest. Im- 
 manuel said, " Name your what ?" the 
 demon said " A multitude." Many demons 
 him into entered. All the demons en- 
 treated " Do not us send to the deep." 
 
 Pigs many on mountain were feeding. 
 The demons besought, said " We may go 
 to pigs, may we ?" He said " Go." At 
 once all demons came, man from the pigs 
 into ; at once all the pigs quickly went 
 steep hill tumbled ; and in sea were 
 drowned. 
 
 The men pigs keeping went to the 
 town : all they told. The men belonging 
 to the town came, they saw what he did. 
 They came, Immanuel they saw ; the man 
 the demon had been in they saw at feet of 
 Immanuel sitting, clothes wearing, minp 
 
PARAPHRASES. 
 
 95 
 
 pidna yuggan wunnal. Wunnale yandain. 
 Duggatin Immanuel-puddi glnedo yari 
 gambilla. TJambille duggatin tartiber 
 Gadara bulkurri Immanuel ga mui'an ; yari 
 M Terra ginta, yerra ginta" ; wunnal 
 kurumba yandain. Immanuel yeatuga 
 kundulti, klrgumti wirren. 
 
 Burru duggai, magui' wunnalpuddi ya- 
 deni, bulkurri Immanuel ; yari, " gutta 
 gintapuddi ginne." Immanuel wunnalu 
 yari, "yerra; wirrer umpiggo ginnuba; 
 numpa duggaitin taoun ginnu yugariba." 
 Wunnal yeatuga, ga duggatin gambillaba 
 yari toun kurumba wunnalu Immanuel 
 yugari. Burru Immanuel klrgumti wire 
 nebu ; duggatin diitin nanningo ; gam- 
 billabu wunnana undaltugga. 
 
 Duggai, nail Taairu, bulkurri ; wunnal 
 bunkin tjidna wunnalpuddi ; mui'an, yari; 
 "ginta bulka umpigga gurriba: gurriba 
 nuriggun kunnar kumbal, berpi kin; 
 wunnal barumpa baluni." Immanuel 
 yari " gutta gintaba yurri." 
 
 Duggatin kiirukabari wunnana. Jundal 
 paii'mbila; yugar wunnana murrumbayug- 
 gali ; wunnal gurpinje bulkurri ; gadiin 
 gera ggerag Immanuel-nubba. Berren 
 kao-un dullan; jundal murrumba bain. 
 Immanuel yari "gandu gunna gadun? " 
 TJambille yari "yugar gutta." Peter yari ; 
 " Bunjeru duggatin ginta kurukabari ga 
 ginta mumma : TJinta yari gandu gunna 
 gadun ?" Immanuel yari ; " Kunnara 
 gunna gadun ; kaia guttabuddi Igeren." 
 
 healed he. They were afraid. The men 
 Immanuel with abiding told all. All the 
 men of the land of Gadara came to Im- 
 manuel and besought ; they said, "Go thou, 
 go thou." They much feared. Immanuel 
 came to boat, to other side went across. 
 
 Afterwards the man, demon him within, 
 went out, came to Immanuel ; said, " I 
 thee with would abide." Immanuel to 
 him said ; Go ; return to house thine ; 
 show to the men things to thee done." He 
 went, and to men all said things great to 
 him Immanuel did. Afterwards Im- 
 manuel to shore returned, men glad to 
 see Him, all Him were waiting on. 
 
 A man, named Jairus, came ; he fell 
 down at feet before him ; besought, said ; 
 " You come to house, my daughter one 
 only, little girl ; she almost dead." Im- 
 manuel said, " I with you will go." 
 
 Men nocked around Him. A woman 
 was sick ; not her well can they make ; 
 she behind came ; touched clothes of 
 Immanuel. Instantly blood stayed ; wo- 
 man was well of her disease. Immanuel 
 said "Who me touched?" All said 
 " Not I." Peter said ; Master, men thee 
 flock round and thee press : do you say 
 who me touched?" Immanuel said; 
 " Some one me touched ; virtue from me 
 is gone." 
 
96 
 
 TURRUBUL. 
 
 Jundal nSnni yugar wunnal murrumba 
 gurumun ; wunnal jikkebele bulkurri ; 
 karan tjidnendi wunnalpuddi ; ga duggatin 
 buddi gambillabo yari ; " gutta ginnuba 
 geraggeran gadun, berren gutta paii yug- 
 gan. Iinmanuel yari ; " gurriba nuriggun 
 murrumba ginta ! Uinta gunna guipuna 
 gwlneugga; dujinna inta murrumba." 
 
 Berren duggatin umpigga Yaairiinubba 
 bulkurri; yari " nurixjgunrjinnubabaluni; 
 wunna gundin yaldu." Immanuel wlna- 
 gurri; yari; "yandai wunna; gundu gunna 
 guipunag wlneiigga; nuriggun ginnuba 
 murrumba paii yugaipa." Burru wunnale 
 umpigga bulkurri. Immanuel wunna 
 duggatina bulgutu umpigga ; gundu Peter 
 ga Takoba ga Toban, ga big pudjag kin- 
 nixbba. TJambilladu dug inna ; yari ; "kin 
 balluni ; kin balluni." Immanuel yari 
 " wunna diigidu : yugar wunnal ballun, 
 gundu bugankumbal." gambilladu ginden ; 
 wineugari baluniber. Immanuel gambil- 
 lebu kawane ; wunnal kin murradi mani; 
 wunnal yambari wunnana; yari; "kin! 
 bulkurai ! " guru wlrepinebu ; wunnal 
 banka dulpain. Immanuel yari ; " talkiiba 
 wunnanu widda." Big ga pujag kurrii. 
 
 The woman saw not she able to hide 
 herself ; she shaking came ; threw herself 
 at feet him before, and to the men all said 
 "I your clothes touched, at once I of 
 sickness was cured." Immanuel said ; 
 "My daughter good you ; you me believing 
 heard ; enjoy thou good." 
 
 Then men of the house of Jairus came ; 
 they said, " Daughter your is dead, do not 
 more say." Immanuel heard ; he said ; 
 " Fear do not, only me believing hear : 
 daughter thy well of disease shall be 
 made." Afterwards they to house came. 
 Immanuel would not let people come into 
 house ; only Peter and James and John, 
 and father and mother of the girl. All 
 were weeping; they said, "The girl is 
 dead ; the girl is dead." Immanuel said 
 " Do not weep ; not she dead ; only asleep 
 only." All laughed; they knew to be 
 dead. Immanuel all put out ; He the 
 girl by hand took ; He called her, said, 
 " Damsel ! come ! " the soul returned, 
 she soon sat up. Immanuel said " Food 
 to her give." The father and mother 
 wondered. 
 
TUEUWIIL: 
 
 The Language spoken by the now extinct Tribe of Port Jackson. 
 
i j 1 l> 1 1 . . : i i 
 
 • 
 
 "'NIVKKS1TY OF 
 
 
 ^ CALIFOltNIA.. 
 
 
 
 / ^ttrufoitl 
 
 
 ^SS||p.HE Language spoken by the now extinct tribe of Port 
 
 SSwSS Jackson and Botany Bay. These words 
 
 were obtained from 
 
 ^v^fff 3 Mrs. Lizzie Malone, a half-caste, and were learnt by her 
 
 c^dpr from her husband, John Malone, a half-caste, whose mother 
 
 i was of that tribe. 
 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 
 1. Man tdhulla. 
 
 ' 
 
 father babuna, babunna 
 
 old man 
 
 bangug 
 
 mother gubug 
 
 old woman 
 
 mulda 
 
 children chajug 
 
 head 
 
 kabura 
 
 son babug 
 
 eyes 
 
 me 
 
 daughter gudjeruij 
 
 nose 
 
 nugulbundi 
 
 (midjan or 
 sister ] 
 
 (mitjun 
 
 mouth 
 
 kommi 
 
 
 
 tongue 
 
 tullug 
 
 your father's ) 
 
 > babmunderug 
 children ) 
 
 hand 
 
 murramul 
 
 foot 
 
 dunna 
 
 you are mine ) 
 
 . ' > rjaiawulli 
 
 (my daughter) ) 
 
 knee 
 
 rjumun 
 
 
 
100 
 
 TURUWUL. 
 
 . 
 
 
 2. Animals. 
 
 
 kangaroo 
 opossum 
 
 burral 
 kuruera 
 
 crow 
 
 Tmetiba or 
 \ warnug 
 
 dog 
 
 jugug 
 
 duck 
 
 kundyeri 
 
 magpie 
 
 gurugun 
 
 black snake 
 
 yugga 
 
 
 
 adder 
 
 nyumbutsh 
 
 
 3. Miscellaneous. 
 
 
 earth 
 
 murrurj 
 
 smoke 
 
 kurun gerij 
 
 water 
 
 batu 
 
 dew 
 
 kiblr 
 
 fire 
 
 we 
 
 night 
 
 purra 
 
 sun 
 
 wirri 
 
 food 
 
 dunminun 
 
 sunshine 
 
 wirringulla 
 
 creek 
 
 turagun 
 
 sky 
 
 dulka 
 
 sand 
 
 wetyut 
 
 sea 
 
 kulnura 
 
 grass 
 
 bumbur 
 
 clouds 
 
 kurrii 
 
 wind 
 
 kumgiima 
 
 rain 
 
 bunna 
 
 boat 
 
 yernera 
 
 hut 
 
 kunje 
 
 bora (initiatory rite) 
 
 wuriigul 
 
 
 ADJEC 
 
 TIVES. 
 
 
 bad 
 
 wirra 
 
 red or yellow 
 
 kubur 
 
 black 
 
 nuncla 
 
 small 
 
 murruwulun 
 
 good 
 
 kuller 
 
 white 
 
 tibiura 
 
 large 
 
 kaiun 
 
 
 
PHRASES. 
 
 I see a kangaroo. 
 
 "Where ? 
 
 There he is. 
 
 He has caught some schnapper. 
 
 He killed a snake. 
 
 Eun! 
 
 Come here quick ! 
 
 Go away ! 
 
 Take the dog away ; 
 
 Bring it here again. 
 
 Give me some water. 
 
 I will give you some water. 
 
 Over the river. 
 
 Tou must ! 
 
 No. 
 
 "What do you want ? 
 
 Why do you look sulky ? 
 
 Tou must be 
 
 So disagreeable. 
 
 Our father here will pray for us. 
 
 He brought his sister home. 
 
 "RJandagu burru. 
 Wutta ? 
 
 "RTo, go, i) a gullai. 
 Manma wtilimai. 
 Bunma miinda. 
 Chawa ! 
 Ye ye chobug ! 
 Yunda ! 
 
 TJaindina mirigug ; 
 TiTaigulug ga mirigug. 
 Binigug batu or gaityug. 
 TiTai gai pindwagug batu. 
 Wagu yanbagal. 
 TJindigug mulli ! 
 Meira. 
 
 Unijerunbi minku ? 
 Punmakuno wottowiye ? 
 TiJullai rumka 
 wirimigunin. 
 Kuraguluk tualene. 
 TUaigulai la mitjungun. 
 
LANGUAGE OF GEORGE'S RIVER, COWPASTURE, AND APPIN. 
 
 ^o 
 
 HIS Language was spoken from the mouth of George's River, 
 Botany Bay, and for about fifty miles to the south-west. 
 Very few of the tribe speaking this language are left. The 
 information was obtained by the author from Mr. John 
 Rowley; formerly resident at Cook's Biver (Botany Bay), son 
 
 of Lieutenant Bowley. 
 
 man (aboriginal) dullai 
 man (white) jibaguluij 
 
 woman 
 
 wirawi 
 
 boy 
 
 fwongerra or 
 (wugara 
 
 girl 
 
 werowi 
 
 father 
 
 biana 
 
 mother 
 
 waiana 
 
 child 
 
 gurorj 
 
 husband 
 
 mollimin 
 
 wife 
 
 jinman 
 
 brother 
 
 bobbina 
 
 sister 
 
 wian 
 
 brother-in-law jambi 
 sister-in-law jambin 
 comrade mittigan 
 
 re. 
 
 namesake 
 
 C damolai or 
 (. damili 
 
 stranger 
 
 mai-al 
 
 doctor (sorcerer) karraji 
 
 head 
 
 kobra or kobbera 
 
 forehead 
 
 kobbina 
 
 eye 
 
 mai 
 
 nose 
 
 nogra 
 
 mouth 
 
 midyea 
 
 teeth 
 
 terra 
 
 ear 
 
 kurra 
 
 breast 
 
 nabun 
 
 back 
 
 glli 
 
 stomach 
 
 bindi 
 
 arm 
 
 minniij 
 
 hand 
 
 buril 
 
104 LANGUAGE OF GEORGE'S RIVER, COWPASTTJRE, AND APPIN. 
 
 finger berril 
 
 leg mundao-i 
 
 foot tunna 
 
 blood mula 
 
 kangaroo biirru 
 
 kangaroo (ow man) kao-walgoij 
 kangaroo (mountain) wolaru 
 kangaroo (b bS£n) wolaba 
 kangaroo (red) gorea 
 kangaroo (rock) wirain 
 kangaroo (rat) karnimin 
 opossum wai-ali 
 
 opossum (nngtaiied) bukari 
 bear kula 
 
 bear (ground) wombat 
 iguana jindaola 
 
 jungho" 
 
 dog 
 
 horse 
 
 horned cattle 
 cockatoo 
 
 emu 
 
 Tyaraman 
 
 < [from "yara" 
 V. throw fast.] 
 
 kumbakuluk 
 tarramue 
 karabl 
 ^birabain or 
 
 < biriabain or 
 V.murrion 
 
 crow 
 
 wargon 
 
 duck (black) 
 
 yuranyi 
 
 hawk 
 
 bunda 
 
 laughing 
 jackass 
 
 > kogunda 
 
 parrot (rosella) 
 
 bundeluk 
 
 pigeon (blue) 
 
 wonga-wonga 
 
 pigeon (crested) mirral 
 
 pigeon (green) 
 
 bao-ma 
 
 pigeon (bronze} 
 
 gotgag 
 
 egg- 
 
 karbin 
 
 fish 
 
 mogra 
 
 bream 
 
 yerrermurra 
 
 shark (blue) 
 
 kon 
 
 shark (ground) 
 
 kwibito 
 
 schnapper 
 
 wallami 
 
 kingfish 
 
 wollogul 
 
 flathead 
 
 kaoari 
 
 mullet 
 
 worrijal 
 
 blackfish 
 
 kururma 
 
 eel 
 
 burra 
 
 oyster 
 
 bittongi 
 
 mud oyster 
 
 danya 
 
 black snake 
 
 cherribit 
 
 mosquito 
 
 dubiij 
 
 sun 
 
 kyun 
 

 NOUNS. 
 
 105 
 
 moon 
 
 iulluk 
 
 itch 
 
 gaibal 
 
 stars 
 
 kimberwalli 
 
 fly-blow 
 
 tullibilorj 
 
 morning 
 
 winbin 
 
 small-pox 
 
 gulgul 
 
 night 
 
 minni 
 
 hoarseness 
 
 kurak 
 
 earth 
 
 bimmal 
 
 house 
 
 gunya 
 
 water 
 
 bardo or naijun 
 
 canoe 
 
 nao-i 
 
 fire 
 
 goyon 
 
 ship 
 
 murri nao-i 
 
 sea 
 
 barrawal 
 
 club 
 
 Tnullanulla and 
 
 rain 
 
 wal-lan 
 
 \ woddi 
 
 thunder 
 
 murongal 
 
 spear 
 
 karmai 
 
 lightning 
 
 manga manga. 
 
 spear (small) 
 
 dual 
 
 dust 
 
 durir 
 
 fish-spear p ( r ^ } 
 
 muttin 
 
 frost 
 wind 
 
 talara 
 gura 
 
 throwing-stick 
 for spear 
 
 > womra 
 
 grass 
 
 durawoi 
 
 boomerang 
 
 biimarin 
 
 smoke 
 
 kudjel 
 
 shield 
 
 hilaman 
 
 hill 
 
 bulga 
 
 gun 
 
 jererburra 
 
 path 
 
 miiru 
 
 net 
 
 rao-rao 
 
 lvi'-n oil (thick wood about i~» ^ 
 U1U.&I1 a watercourse) tUgi* 
 
 fish-line 
 
 kurrajog 
 
 SCmb (dry jungle) 
 
 jerematta 
 
 oar 
 
 narrawan 
 
 south wind 
 
 tugra gora 
 
 ■na-rvQ-M (the inner bark 
 
 papei of a tree) 
 
 kurunderiirj 
 
 north wind 
 
 yuroka gora 
 
 cooking 
 
 kunnima 
 
 bulrush 
 
 wollogolin 
 
 opossum rug 
 
 budbilli 
 
 opossum rug 
 
 budbilli 
 
 the bora 
 
 yellabi daialorj 
 
 sore 
 
 gigi 
 
 name 
 
 nanti 
 
 boil 
 
 buka 
 
 pity or sympathy mu dj eru 
 
106 LANGUAGE OF GEORGE'S RIVER, COWPASTTJRE, 
 
 AND APPIN. 
 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I 
 
 naiya 
 
 you 
 
 ninda 
 
 we 
 
 junna 
 
 that 
 
 mungan 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 afraid 
 
 jerron 
 
 hot 
 
 yuruka 
 
 angry 
 
 kulara 
 
 lean 
 
 waraij 
 
 bad 
 
 werl 
 
 large 
 
 murri 
 
 bald 
 
 kombrukno 
 
 small 
 
 nararj 
 
 big-bellied 
 
 bindimari 
 
 old 
 
 kaian 
 
 brave 
 
 mutton 
 
 stammering 
 
 kurukabundi 
 
 cold 
 
 tugra 
 
 stupid 
 
 binnin-garai 
 
 deaf 
 
 kurakabunni 
 
 stinking (bad) 
 
 kuji 
 
 fat 
 
 gorai 
 
 toothless 
 
 tarabundi 
 
 grey-headed 
 
 warringi kobbera 
 
 young 
 
 mud-di 
 
 greedy 
 
 tullinyun 
 
 nearsighted 
 
 kuji mai 
 
 good 
 
 budjeri 
 
 cross-eyed 
 
 kuragain 
 
 
 Numerals. 
 
 
 one 
 two 
 
 wagul 
 
 buler or blao-eri 
 
 four 
 
 ( blaoeri-blaoeri 
 ( or bulla bulla 
 
 three 
 
 blaoeri-wagul 
 
 five 
 
 bullabulla wagul 
 
VERBS AND ADVERBS. 
 
 107 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 burn 
 
 kunnet 
 
 sleep 
 
 nangri 
 
 dance 
 
 korobra 
 
 strike 
 
 paibao 
 
 die 
 
 bo'i 
 
 take 
 
 mahan 
 
 dive 
 
 nallabogi 
 
 throw 
 
 yana 
 
 fight 
 
 durella 
 
 tell 
 
 paialla 
 
 fish 
 
 mogra 
 
 weep 
 
 yunga 
 
 give 
 
 toga 
 
 look out ! 
 
 kwark ! 
 
 go 
 
 yan 
 
 stop here ! 
 
 wallawa ! 
 
 hunt 
 
 wolbunga 
 
 sit down ! 
 
 nallawalli ! 
 
 hide 
 
 tuabilli 
 
 let us go ! 
 
 nalla yan ! 
 
 laugh 
 
 winna 
 
 make haste ! 
 
 barrao ! 
 
 shout 
 
 kumba 
 
 come here 
 
 kwai bidja 
 
 sing 
 
 beria 
 
 run away 
 
 whu karndi 
 
 spear 
 
 turret 
 
 run 
 
 wii 
 
 steal 
 
 karama 
 
 
 
 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 
 yes 
 
 yu'in 
 
 
 away 
 
 kaundi 
 
 no 
 
 beal 
 
 
 far away 
 
 warawara 
 
 here 
 
 bija 
 
 
 by and by 
 
 karbo 
 
 close by 
 
 winnima 
 
 
 
 
108 LANGUAGE OF GEORGE'S RIVER, COWPASTTJRE, AND APPIN. 
 
 PHRASES. 
 
 tell me your name 
 your brother 
 my brother 
 strike me 
 
 the baby is burnt ; make 
 haste 
 
 paialla gaia nanti 
 
 nindi bobina 
 
 gaia bobina 
 
 paibao rjaia 
 
 gurug kunut ; kuai bija 
 
WODI-WODI: 
 
 The Language of lllawarra, from Wollongong to the Shoa/hauen. 
 
Wofct^Eotri 
 
 HE language of Illawarra, from Wollongong to the Shoal- 
 haven. These words were taken from Lizzie (half-caste), 
 daughter of a woman of the Illawarra Tribe, and wife of 
 John Malone. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 God 
 
 Mirirul 
 
 [from " Mirir," sky] 
 
 spirit or ghost guun 
 white man jirurjgalun 
 
 old man 
 
 young man 
 
 young woman 
 
 boy 
 
 child 
 
 little child 
 
 head 
 
 forehead 
 
 hair 
 
 eyes 
 
 nose 
 
 ear 
 
 beuggun 
 
 yurun or baijguij 
 
 yirawlun 
 
 bunbari 
 
 kudjaguij 
 
 murrakaiggui) 
 
 wollar 
 
 niilu 
 
 jura 
 
 mobura or mer 
 
 nugiir 
 
 kuii 
 
 mouth 
 
 kommi 
 
 throat 
 
 kuru 
 
 chin 
 
 wullu 
 
 teeth 
 
 Irra 
 
 tongue 
 
 tullun 
 
 shoulder 
 
 kogo 
 
 arm 
 
 niirun 
 
 hand 
 
 murrurmur 
 
 nails 
 
 birrinul 
 
 thigh 
 
 turra 
 
 leg 
 
 nurri 
 
 knee 
 
 nummu 
 
 ancle 
 
 wutaota 
 
 foot 
 
 dunna 
 
 kangaroo 
 
 burru 
 
 emu 
 
 birribain 
 
112 
 
 WODI-WODI. 
 
 
 opossum 
 
 kiiraora 
 
 Pleiades 
 
 mullamulluT) 
 
 padymelon 
 
 buluwa 
 
 fire 
 
 kanbi 
 
 dog 
 
 mirrigun 
 
 water 
 
 naityun 
 
 horse 
 
 yaraman 
 
 earth 
 
 murun 
 
 iguana 
 laughing 
 jackass 
 
 gindaola 
 f kukara 
 
 sea 
 sky 
 
 (kaiun or 
 (nurrowun 
 mirir 
 
 cockatoo 
 
 yambai-imba 
 
 cloud 
 
 kurru 
 
 black cockatoo 
 
 naoara 
 
 rain 
 
 yewi 
 
 pelican 
 
 kurunaba 
 
 smoke 
 
 kuruijgurij 
 
 pigeon 
 
 wongawonga 
 
 hut 
 
 nurra, kundi 
 
 topknot pigeon 
 native com- 
 panion 
 
 giiralga 
 ► guraclawak 
 
 canoe 
 tree 
 
 (mudyeri or 
 (. yanaoera 
 kiindu 
 
 black snake 
 
 mundar 
 
 bark 
 
 kuninda 
 
 brown snake 
 
 gubalan 
 
 book (tea-tree bark; 
 
 gurrinduruij 
 
 diamond snake 
 
 mokka 
 
 road 
 
 yowun 
 
 deaf adder 
 
 mujuwich 
 
 boomerang 
 
 wurarjain 
 
 lizard (small) 
 
 dillun 
 
 spear 
 
 maiagun 
 
 fish 
 
 dun 
 
 fish spear 
 
 kullar 
 
 sun 
 
 bukurun 
 
 trees (tea-tree) 
 
 banban 
 
 moon 
 
 tedjuij 
 
 do. (ironbark' 
 
 1 barima 
 
 stflTK 
 
 rjinjinnurui) 
 
 do. (swamp oak) 
 
 mumbara 
 
 O I .IL kj 
 
 ( (sparkling) 
 
 do. (forest oak) 
 
 wiraluij 
 
 Venus 
 
 burara 
 
 do. (honeysuckle) 
 
 kurlja 
 
 Sirius 
 
 I 
 
 kurumul 
 
 do. (pigeonberry) 
 
 wulununda 
 
PRONOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 
 
 113 
 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 
 I 
 
 rjaiagui) 
 
 he 
 
 dulla 
 
 we 
 
 nilgui) 
 
 that one 
 
 naiadulla 
 
 you 
 
 rjindigmj 
 
 
 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 
 alive 
 
 murungulla 
 
 grey 
 
 yerurj gada 
 
 asleep 
 
 nun gun 
 
 good 
 
 nukkurj 
 
 awake 
 
 baitba 
 
 high 
 
 worn 
 
 bad 
 
 bullin 
 
 hot 
 
 bukurhj 
 
 black 
 blue 
 
 [ gundur 
 
 large 
 red 
 
 kaiyug 
 wurugurui) 
 
 cold 
 
 maiiij 
 
 small 
 
 murruwailuij 
 
 dead 
 
 bulier or bulyar 
 
 true 
 
 kubya 
 
 false 
 
 murii 
 
 white 
 
 tao-erurj 
 
 green 
 
 nurmrjuruij 
 
 NUM] 
 
 ]RALS. 
 
 
 one 
 two 
 
 mitturj 
 bular 
 
 six 
 
 C wowulli bo 
 (wowulli 
 
 three 
 
 wowulli 
 
 
 ( wowulli bo 
 
 four 
 
 bularbular 
 
 seven 
 
 ( wowulli mittuij 
 
 five 
 
 ( bularbular bo 
 
 
 
 ( niitturj 
 
 
 
Ill 
 
 WODI-WODI. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 beat 
 go down 
 jump up 
 leave off 
 lie down 
 lift up 
 
 bulmugan 
 
 irriba 
 
 baitba 
 
 nawalinna 
 
 nun gun 
 
 kaitbava 
 
 run 
 
 jowa 
 
 make to run 
 
 jomunja 
 
 sing 
 
 yungamun 
 
 speak 
 
 kamun 
 
 throw down 
 
 vurrer 
 
 yes 
 no 
 
 naiyun 
 
 ADVERBS, 
 here 
 
 yai 
 
 SENTENCES IN WODI-WODI. 
 
 Sit down quietly. 
 
 Go and play. 
 
 Don't fight, play quietly. 
 
 Let us go. 
 
 Give me a drink. 
 
 Give me some food. 
 
 I hate you. 
 
 I will tell you the truth. 
 
 He will come soon. 
 
 He stayed a long time. 
 
 TJullari jungiri. 
 
 Yunda wariiri. 
 
 Jumbunya wariiri. 
 
 Nilgun yandiniun. 
 
 Wundumaia ljummi. 
 
 Dunman dieri. 
 
 Kunnundlgu, or wirrunmlgun. 
 
 TJutbai egu. 
 
 Yunula nulimun. 
 
 Dimug alle. 
 
LI B UAii 
 
 WORDS USED AT TWOFOLD BAY. 
 
 (From Johnny Wyman, an Eden black, in gaol, 14 October, 1864^ 
 
 In the language spoken about Twofold Bay, 200 miles south of 
 Sydney, the word for God is " Dhurumbulum." 
 
 I gaiadha. 
 
 Thou indiga. 
 
 I and thou ljaiawung. 
 
 We three uaiowing. 
 
 Sin kurnina. 
 
 Pardon wurnuga. 
 
 I shall forgive him Igindaga murada. 
 
 I shall not forget it warindmjambada. 
 
 I shall think of it winduga. 
 
 Father baba. 
 
 Mother miga. 
 
 A man courting one's sister . . . kubbo. 
 
 A man married to one's sister tembi. 
 
 Proper names of a family : — 
 
 Waiaman father. 
 
 Dadun and Maiada brothers. 
 
 Mamui) sister. 
 
tj B IV A 11 y 
 PKIYEKSITY 6f 
 
 CALIFORNIA. 
 
 THE NAMES OF AUSTRALIA AND ITS INHABITANTS. 
 
 HE Aborigines of Australia are called, by Kamilaroi-speaking 
 blacks and neighbouring tribes, " Murri "; westward of the 
 Balonne they are called " Murdin," and about the Weir 
 River, "Mial" (Mee-al) ; along the coast about Moreton 
 Bay the name of the race is " Djan " or " Dan." As they 
 have no knowledge of the extent of the country they inhabit, the 
 names given to the land can only be regarded as the names of small 
 districts. At Cape York, Australia as known to the inhabitants of 
 that coast is called " Kai Dowdai" (which I suppose to mean "Little 
 Country"), in contradistinction to "Muggi Dowdai" ("Great Country"), 
 that is, New Guinea. Mr. M'Gillivray, in his narrative of the 
 Expedition of the " Rattlesnake," gives the above as the names used 
 by the Aborigines for Australia and New Guinea. He renders " Kai 
 Dowdai" Great Dowdai, and " Muggi Dowdai" Little Dowdai. But 
 " Kai" means little in Kamilaroi ; and muggi looks like a modification 
 of " murri," great. To those who live near Cape York, and pass to 
 and fro across the Strait, without any means of knowing the real 
 extent of Australia or New Guinea, the low narrow point of land 
 which terminates in Cape York must appear very small, compared 
 with the great mountain ranges of New Guinea. Regarding "dowdai" 
 as a variation of "towrai," a country, I think it probable that "Little 
 Country" was the name given by the Aborigines to Australia. It may 
 
118 THE NAMES OF AUSTRALIA AND ITS INHABITANTS. 
 
 be that those of the race of Murri who first came into this land, 
 passing from island to island, until they reached the low narrow point 
 which forms the north-eastern extremity of this island continent, gave 
 the name Kai Towrai (Little Country) to the newly- discovered land ; 
 and as they passed onward to the south and west, and found out some- 
 what of the vast extent of the country, the necessities and jealousies 
 of the numerous families that followed them forbade their return. 
 The current of migration was ever onward towards the south and 
 west; and, therefore, the north-eastern corner of Australia was always 
 the dwelling-place of a people ignorant of the vast expanse beyond 
 them, and willing to call it still " Kai Dowdai," the Little Country. 
 
 This is, of course, only a conjecture. And from the wide difference 
 between the various languages it is not safe to assume that kai and 
 towrai have the same meaning at Cape York as in Kamilaroi. But, 
 as shown in a former part of the work, Kamilaroi is known, in some 
 measure, far to the north of Brisbane. On the other hand, the 
 Aborigines in various parts of the continent point to the north-west as 
 the quarter from which their tribes came. And some travellers' tales 
 have made public a tradition about the first landing of man on the 
 north-west coast of Australia, from Java. 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLES OF WORDS IN TWENTY LANGUAGES. 
 
 ITHIN the country intersected by the tributaries of the 
 Darling many languages are spoken, though Kainilaroi is 
 understood by all the tribes. In fact, natives of Port Curtis, 
 to the north, and of Twofold Bay, to the south, with others 
 from various intermediate localities, know enough of Kami- 
 laroi to understand and answer, in that language, such questions as 
 this : — " Yamma ginda Kamilaroi winugulda ? " (Do you understand 
 Kainilaroi ?) Their answer is, the Kamilaroi negative, " kamil." 
 
 " Ko'inberri" is spoken on part of Liverpool Plains and the Castle- 
 reagh River ; — " Wiradhuri " lower down the Castlereagh, and over 
 the Wellington District; — "Wailwun" or "Tdmmba" on the Barwan 
 for about forty miles below the junction of the Namoi; " Burrunbinya" 
 and "Kuno" and "Wiraiarai" lower down the Barwan; "Muru- 
 wurri" is spoken on the Bree, the Culgoa, the Bugaira (Bokhara), and 
 the Narran (tributaries of the Barwan below the Namoi) ; "Yualarai" 
 is spoken on the Balonne, " Kogai " on the Maranoa and Cogoon (tri- 
 butaries of the Balonne, coming in from the west and north-west) ; 
 the "Wogaibun" is also spoken on the Narran ; " Wolaroi " (in 
 which " wol " is no) on the Bundarra or Gwydir ; " Pikumbul " on 
 the Weir and Macintyre ; " Khjki " and "Paiamba" on Darling 
 Downs. 
 
120 COMPARATIVE TABLES. 
 
 In the first of the following tables seven of the above-mentioned 
 languages of Queensland and the North-west of this Colony are 
 compared, in a few examples, with Turuwul, the language of the 
 extinct Botany Bay and Sydney tribe, with Wodi-Wodi,. the language of 
 Illawarra, with that of George's Biver, with that spoken about the 
 Lower Hunter and Lake Macquarie (from the Grammar of the Bev. 
 L. E. Threlkeld), with l)ippil and Turrubul (spoken at Wide Bay 
 and More ton Bay, in Queensland), with one of the many languages of 
 Victoria (from a work of D. Bunce, Esq.), and with that of the North- 
 western Coast (as given by Andrew Hume.) The words of Wiradhuri 
 are from a manuscript work by the Bev. James Giinther, of Mudgee. 
 The places where some of these languages are spoken are five hundred 
 miles apart, and in the extreme instances about two thousand miles 
 apart. There are many intermediate dialects — probably some hundreds 
 in Australia. The dialects differ so widely that it seems proper to call 
 them, as is done generally in this work, " languages"; but these tables 
 afford evidence that all the dialects spoken in Eastern Australia are 
 either derived from one language or are widely intermingled ; and, 
 considering the jealous isolation of the tribes, it is impossible to 
 account for the existence of the same words in Queensland and 
 Victoria by any recent intercourse. 
 
 While the preceding pages have been going through the press, 
 my attention has been called by a friend to some information of great 
 interest, contained in a Beport by Mr. Edward S. Parker, Protector 
 of Aborigines in the Port Phillip District (now Victoria), printed and 
 bound up with the Votes and Proceedings of the Legislative Council 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLES. 121 
 
 of New South Wales for 1843. On the 5th January 1843 Mr. Parker 
 wrote thus : — " I have found not less than eight different dialects pre- 
 valent among this people, viz. : the Witowro in the neighbourhood 
 of Buninyong and Barumbeel, the Jajowrong in the country between 
 the Loddon and the Pyrenees, the Knenknemourro in the vicinity of 
 the Pyrenees and to the westward, the Burapper among the Malle- 
 goondeet, the Taoungurong among the petty tribes north of Mount 
 Alexander and on the Campaspe, the Nindakkedoivrong to the west- 
 ward of the Pyrenees, and at least two other dialects, respecting which 
 I do not at present possess definite information, among the Bolokepar 
 and the tribes of the "Wimmera. The Jajoiorong is generally under- 
 stood by the majority of the Aborigines frequenting the stations. The 
 Knenknenwurro prevails among the tribes between the Pyrenees and 
 the Grampians. The Burapper is, I have reason to believe, spoken 
 on some parts of the Murray." 
 
 The district thus referred to comprises about one-fourth of the 
 Colony of Victoria, toward the north and west boundaries. Mr. 
 Parker gives specimens of five of these dialects. Of the words he 
 gives, forty are subjoined in the second Table for comparison with 
 those in the first Table. Their sound is represented by the mode of 
 spelling used throughout this work. 
 
122 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE OF WORDS IN FIFTEEN LANGUAGES. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 Man , 
 
 woman 
 
 young man 
 
 boy 
 
 girl 
 
 baby 
 
 Australian abo- ") 
 riginal ) 
 
 white man 
 
 father 
 
 mother 
 
 son 
 
 brother < 
 
 sister < 
 
 husband... 
 
 wife 
 
 head 
 
 forehead 
 
 eye 
 
 nose 
 
 mouth 
 
 teeth 
 
 tongue 
 
 chin 
 
 ear 
 
 hiiir 
 
 beard 
 
 neck 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 giwir 
 
 inar 
 
 kubura 
 
 birri 
 
 mie 
 kahjal 
 
 murri 
 
 wunda 
 
 buba 
 
 ljumba 
 
 wurume 
 
 daiadi 
 gullami 
 
 and ") 
 
 » J 
 
 boadi and ~) 
 buri J 
 
 giilir 
 
 guiir 
 
 ga or kaoga 
 
 nulu 
 
 mil 
 
 muru 
 ille 
 
 yira 
 
 tulla 
 tal 
 
 bimia 
 
 tegul 
 
 yare 
 nun 
 
 Wiradhnri. 
 
 gibbir 
 
 birrin 
 
 inargaij 
 wangai 
 
 babbin 
 gunnibaij 
 
 kagaij 
 
 muagan 
 
 ballaij 
 
 mil 
 
 utha 
 
 yaran 
 
 Wailwun. 
 
 tdhur 
 wiriinga 
 
 nurrukuijga 
 
 mariyunga 
 worrii07 - wuru 
 
 mail 
 
 wunda 
 
 buba 
 guuni 
 
 kukka (grown 
 
 up) 
 kukkamin 
 (boy brother) 
 
 kati or 
 gidurai 
 
 guan 
 
 kuboga 
 
 nulu 
 
 mil 
 
 mum 
 ljundal 
 
 wira 
 
 tulle 
 kir 
 
 kuriijgera 
 
 wulla 
 
 kir 
 
 nirrimirri 
 
 Lower Hunter. 
 
 kore 
 nukuij 
 
 biyunbai 
 tunkan 
 
 binnai 
 
 wolluij 
 
 naikun 
 
 niikoro 
 kurrurka 
 
 tira 
 
 wattun 
 
 ijureui) or ") 
 turrurkurri ) 
 
 kittuij or ~) 
 burruij ) 
 
 yarrei 
 
 kulleny 
 
 Turuwul. 
 
 tdhulla 
 
 babunna 
 
 nubun 
 
 babuij 
 
 mitjun 
 
 kabura 
 
 m6 
 
 nugulbundi 
 kommi 
 
 tullun 
 
 George's River. 
 
 dullai 
 
 wunara or 
 wongerra 
 
 werowi 
 
 guroij 
 
 biana 
 waiana 
 
 bobbina 
 
 wiaij 
 
 mollimiij 
 
 jinman 
 
 kobra or 
 kobera 
 
 kobina 
 
 nogra 
 midyea 
 
 terra 
 
 kurra 
 
 K 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 123 
 
 QUEENSLAND. 
 
 Kogai. 
 
 Pikumbul. KUJki. Paiamba, 
 
 Dippil. 
 
 Turrubul. 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 NORTH-WEST 
 COAST. 
 
 tamar 
 mollunii 
 
 kaa 
 
 nrige 
 kagul 
 
 mial 
 
 gun 
 
 kabui 
 
 wenda 
 
 mil 
 
 muru 
 ljunda 
 
 tira 
 
 bidna 
 
 yarun 
 bimbi 
 
 kabui 
 
 mil 
 
 murtu 
 
 mulindin 
 
 tyitta or \ 
 jitta ) 
 
 binna 
 
 dunguin 
 
 tyan 
 kidn 
 
 dan 
 Yirum 
 
 duggai 
 jundal 
 
 kulinth 
 
 birrarja 
 
 numoangan 
 tjuku 
 
 tyan 
 
 karabi 
 
 ukhuun 
 
 yorogun 
 
 metbindum 
 
 dan 
 
 makoron X 
 
 bobbin 
 rjavaij 
 
 nun and 
 wudhug 
 
 yaobun 
 
 kam 
 
 muru 
 tunka 
 
 yikul 
 binun, 
 
 dhella 
 
 yeran 
 guna 
 
 mualum 
 
 yurumkun 
 namul 
 
 tyan 
 
 magui or 
 mudhar 
 
 biij and buba 
 
 pujaij 
 
 nubuija and ~) 
 duarjal ) 
 
 dadi and *) 
 muijuijkul ) 
 
 yanyian 
 
 miinmundik 
 bubtip 
 
 kulinth 
 
 niarmunth 
 parbine 
 
 wunthuloij 
 mollokin 
 
 magul 
 
 kowon 
 
 mil, inia 
 
 muro 
 tamburii 
 
 tier 
 
 pidna 
 
 kabui 
 
 yeren 
 nurrun 
 
 coijatba 
 woronatha 
 
 leorjatha 
 
 nondiik 
 kidnogatha 
 
 yarragoijatha 
 
 yarragondok 
 koorn 
 
 giul 
 ginaia 
 
 bunia 
 yiradiul 
 
 buben 
 milkawina 
 
 burgun 
 
 wingren 
 
 balgun 
 
 aiyua 
 
 ljilun 
 mulu 
 
 tilua 
 
 kunuka 
 wuta 
 
 giddon 
 
 garginj 
 galgua 
 
124 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 Kamilaroi. 
 
 Wiradhuri. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 throat 
 
 shoulder 
 
 arm 
 
 hand 
 
 belly 
 
 thigh 
 
 leg 
 
 foot 
 
 (animals.) 
 adder (deadly) 
 
 cockatoo \ 
 
 crow 
 
 duck 
 
 emu 
 
 grub 
 
 kangaroo 
 
 magpie 
 
 opossum 
 
 padymelon . . . , 
 
 pelican 
 
 pigeon 
 
 snake (brown) 
 
 turkey (buzzard) ... 
 
 (elements, etc.) 
 earth 
 
 fire 
 
 water 
 
 sun 
 
 moon 
 
 wuru 
 wolar 
 
 buijun 
 
 murra 
 
 miibal 
 durra 
 
 puiyu 
 
 dinna 
 
 mundar 
 
 biloela or' 
 morai 
 
 waru 
 
 ijunumbi 
 
 dinoiin 
 
 birra 
 bundar 
 
 mutg 
 
 murriira 
 
 gulamboli 
 
 tamur 
 
 kaleboi 
 
 taon 
 
 wi 
 
 kolle 
 
 yarai 
 
 gille 
 
 urru 
 kanna 
 
 ;ur 
 
 marra 
 
 biirbin 
 tharraij 
 
 buyu 
 
 dhinnaij 
 
 wagan or 
 wsiudvu 
 
 thullur 
 rjurain 
 birgarj 
 
 karru 
 willai 
 
 wabba 
 
 yarrhjgarj 
 
 gambal 
 
 guyaij 
 
 kalhj 
 
 yurruga 
 yuroka 
 
 giway 
 
 Wailwun. Lover Hunter. 
 
 nuggl 
 wiirru 
 
 nurii 
 
 murra 
 
 buri 
 duiTa 
 
 piyu 
 
 dinna 
 
 murai 
 murai 
 
 waru 
 
 kunambi 
 ljuri 
 
 kuragi 
 wiru 
 wirea 
 munumbi 
 
 tdliuru 
 
 tagun 
 
 wi 
 
 kolle 
 
 duni or 
 dhuni 
 
 giwiir 
 
 mirriuj 
 
 kopa and ") 
 turrun, ) 
 
 purraij 
 
 biilloinkoro 
 
 wolloma and 
 turra 
 
 yullo 
 
 tembiribe-en 
 kearapai 
 
 wakun \ 
 
 pirama 
 
 koijkororj 
 
 willai 
 karoijkarorj 
 
 purrai 
 koiyurj 
 kokoi'n 
 
 > I punnul 
 
 Turuwul. 
 
 murramul 
 
 dunna 
 
 nyumbutsh 
 
 metiba or 
 warnui) 
 
 kundyeri 
 
 burral 
 
 gurugug 
 
 kuriiera 
 
 muruij 
 
 we 
 
 batu 
 
 wirri 
 
 George's River. 
 
 minniy 
 buril 
 
 mundao-i 
 tunna 
 
 karibi 
 
 wargon 
 
 yurami 
 
 birabain or~\ 
 murrion * j 
 
 burru 
 
 wai-ali 
 
 gotgaij 
 
 luminal 
 
 goyoy 
 
 bardo or 
 naijoij 
 
 kefin and 
 yiluk 
 
 julluk 
 
 Wodi-wodi. 
 
 kurii 
 
 nurrun 
 murramur 
 
 durrmj 
 
 rjurri 
 
 dunna 
 
 mujuwich 
 yambai-imba 
 
 biribain 
 
 burru 
 
 kuraora 
 biiliiwa 
 
 gubaluij 
 
 nuiruij 
 kaubi 
 
 ljailyuij 
 
 bukunuj ") 
 and wfirri J 
 
 tedjmj 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 125 
 
 QUEENSLAND. 
 
 Kogai. 
 
 Kirjki. 
 
 Paiamba. 
 
 Dippil. 
 
 Turrubul. 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 NORTH-WEST 
 COAST. 
 
 kurijgara 
 
 yama 
 mara 
 
 mabun 
 buiyu 
 
 giabun 
 
 ljurun 
 
 bunbiil 
 kubi 
 
 duruijul 
 
 bunna 
 
 bukur 
 
 gille 
 
 kora 
 
 duruin and ") 
 wothinga j 
 
 dmjun 
 
 durran 
 
 puiyu 
 
 jinnug 
 
 manulgum 
 kiggiim 
 
 nar 
 
 ljurum 
 
 puiyim 
 kroman 
 
 narambi 
 
 nirrirjga 
 tamur 
 
 wagun 
 
 daofii" 
 
 gira | 
 
 korj 
 
 dunuij 
 kika 
 
 taron 
 
 tiggeri 
 durra 
 
 puiyu 
 
 tidna 
 
 wowul 
 13a 
 
 1JU1 
 
 kuruman 
 kubbi * 
 bulualum 
 yuun 
 
 tar 
 
 kuddum or ' 
 kuiyim 
 
 tabbil 
 
 bigi 
 
 killen and 
 kakurri 
 
 thirrok 
 
 thoroni 
 thirroij 
 
 thirroijatha 
 
 geenongatha or \ 
 jinonatha j 
 
 nayuk 
 
 wa'ag 
 tulome 
 
 patheron 
 barroworn 
 
 mungubera 
 kurnniil 
 
 bik 
 
 winth 
 
 kalliyi 
 
 yarrh and no- 
 winth {see five) 
 
 meniyan 
 
 kimbika 
 buger 
 
 gilinta 
 dabir 
 
 tburrug * 
 
 dimar 
 
 wurrulorj 
 qwaulir 
 
 wugglr 
 
 wumbilug 
 
 murruuntbulu 
 
 gurbun 
 
 kondula 
 
 kurwar 
 
 wille 
 
 kunar 
 
 guluijkun 
 
 dibijoloij 
 
 jerun 
 
 gumbal 
 
 dargum 
 niriala 
 kolinutuw a 
 
 gugarun 
 
126 
 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 (elements, etc.) — 
 continued. 
 
 stars 
 
 NEW SOUTH WALES. 
 
 Kamilaroi. 
 
 Wiradhuri. 
 
 Waihvun. 
 
 Lower Hunter. 
 
 Turuwul. 
 
 George's Kiver. 
 
 TVodi-wodi. 
 
 mini 
 
 gunagulla 
 or yuru 
 
 tun and 
 
 burian 
 
 ijuru 
 tulumi 
 mi 
 maier 
 
 } 
 
 i 
 
 ■1 
 
 girralan 
 murrubir 
 
 nallanawcZyirrin 
 
 nurrun 
 
 murrubarrai 
 
 miggi 
 
 girrar 
 
 gwoij and igurra 
 
 kallandar 
 
 murrian 
 
 yurrun 
 
 dhirran 
 
 girila 
 gunagulla 
 
 
 
 kimberwalU < 
 
 jinjinnurun ") 
 (sparkling) j 
 
 sk 7 { 
 
 light { 
 
 night 
 
 
 dulka 
 
 wiriijgulla 
 purra 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 minni 
 murongal 
 mangamaijga 
 gura 
 
 
 thunder 
 
 
 mulo 
 
 pinkun and 
 wottol 
 
 
 lichtniner 
 
 ( 
 
 ) 
 
 
 wind 
 
 I 
 
 ) 
 
 kumguma 
 kibir 
 
 
 dew 
 
 
 
 
 frost , 
 
 tundar 
 
 
 
 talari 
 
 barrawal 
 
 
 sea 
 
 
 
 kuhjura 
 kurru 
 
 jjurrowun *) 
 and kaimj ) 
 
 cloud 
 
 yuro 
 
 kubba 
 taorai 
 tura 
 goaror 
 
 wadel 
 
 ( 
 
 yareil and *) 
 yura ) 
 
 mountain 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 district 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bark 
 
 dhurraij 
 gurruijgal 
 
 ljarru 
 
 gurroij 
 dhin 
 nubbun 
 burguin 
 
 gullur 
 
 thallai 
 
 nunumba 
 
 
 
 
 
 grass 
 
 woiyo 
 
 bumbur 
 
 durawoi 
 
 
 
 
 
 milk 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 meat 
 
 di 
 
 tulu 
 
 yundu 
 
 kundi 
 
 yi-ili 
 
 
 karai 
 
 
 
 
 wood 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 baibai 
 
 
 
 
 hut 
 
 
 kunga 
 
 guny. ( kundi 
 
 
 gulgi 
 
 
 • I 
 
 ana yura ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bul 
 kaiai 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 North 
 
 ljarruin 
 ballima 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 South .. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 thirrangal or "^ 
 girraij-gan ) 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 West . . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 
 
 
COMPABATIVE TABLE. 127 
 
 QUEENSLAND. 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 NORTH-WEST 
 COAST. 
 
 Kogai. Pikumbul. 
 
 Kiljki. 
 
 Paiamba. 
 
 DippiL 
 
 Turrubul. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 mirrigin 
 birra 
 
 ( 
 
 whycurl 
 
 burura 
 
 durran durran "1 
 and nowinth J 
 
 buronthuith 
 
 murndell and ~\ 
 drumbullabuU ) 
 
 mornmut 
 
 wyibuba'anth 
 
 dumbalk 
 
 warrain 
 
 lark 
 
 rjorak 
 miram-bikbik 
 
 jeraloij 
 narroij 
 
 mugara 
 
 murrunj 
 
 wurumbarai 
 
 wimije 
 
 mibian 
 
 barduga 
 
 bar 
 
 thiijgun 
 
 kaloara 
 
 tburun 
 mingunka 
 turaij 
 pargun 
 
 naraij 
 
 wilbian 
 din 
 
 bulduna 
 burguun 
 
 gurrbar 
 
 guriinduer 
 
 giunda 
 
 kiliumpaka 
 
 nunaina 
 
 dunigilina 
 
 kiwuntawali 
 
 dhinukala 
 
 jinkiuialowa 
 
 
 yuru 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 rjunnu 
 
 mugara < 
 
 tudnagain 
 
 
 
 
 
 mumba 
 billibira 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 mirrin 
 waiker 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 kumba 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bungil 
 
 poath 
 
 
 
 
 ( 
 
 kobbai and ") 
 gilla j 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 brimbrim 
 bulgana 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 muyim 
 durabunnu 
 
 
 
 kiindi 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 porkwaddirj 
 mulloko-monomith 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 quinki monomith 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■ / 
 
 carmuggy no- ") 
 winth (see sun) j 
 
 
 
 
 
 C 
 
 
 
 
128 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 (elements, etc.)- 
 continued. 
 
 North-west 
 North wind 
 South wind 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 
 alive , 
 
 bad 
 
 dead 
 
 good , 
 
 htingry 
 
 thirsty , 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 yes.... 
 verily . 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 beat , 
 
 drink 
 
 eat ... 
 
 find 
 
 hate 
 
 hear 
 
 kill... 
 
 love 
 
 run 
 
 see 
 
 sleep 
 stand , 
 
 NEW SOUTII WALES. 
 
 Kamilaroi. Wiradhuri. 
 
 moron 
 
 kagil 
 
 balun 
 
 murruba 
 
 yuhjin 
 
 kolle-rjin 
 
 yo 
 
 gir 
 kamil 
 
 murndhurei 
 balluiu 
 
 ijawa 
 
 bumala or ") 
 buma ) 
 
 biimara 
 
 narugi 
 
 thalmarra 
 
 tali 
 
 widyarra 
 
 
 ljamminya 
 waimbillinya 
 
 
 w'inuiji 
 
 winnaijgarra 
 
 balubuina 
 
 ballubunmarra 
 
 
 ljarruimharra 
 bunbunna 
 
 bunnaijunne 
 
 ijummi 
 
 ljanna 
 
 babi 
 
 yurrrai-wirinya 
 
 warine 
 
 warranna 
 
 Wailwun. 
 
 miriiraka 
 or murala 
 
 muun 
 wurai 
 
 yiada 
 
 gam 
 
 wail 
 
 Lower Hunter. 
 
 e-e and 
 kau-wa 
 
 keawaran 
 
 pittulhko 
 tukkilliko 
 bummilliko 
 
 nakilliko 
 
 ljarabo 
 qarokilliko 
 
 Turuwul. 
 
 George's River. 
 
 Wodi-wodL 
 
 kuller 
 
 yiiroka gora 
 tugra g5ra 
 
 wen 
 
 bo'i 
 
 budgeri 
 
 miirungulla 
 
 bullin 
 bulyar 
 nukkuij 
 
 yuin 
 
 bel or b^al 
 
 durella 
 
 ije 
 
 naiyuij 
 
 bulmiigan 
 
 jowa 
 
 nangri 
 
 ♦ There are several instances of the samo word being used with different meanings by separate tribes. Thus " biraban" is eaglo on tin- 
 the other word used for emu on George's River, is apparently of the same root as " mullion," which means eagle in Kamilaroi and Wnilwun. 
 thigh all over Eastern Australia. " Kubbi," a class name— not an animal name— amoug the tribes speaking Kamilaroi and AVailwun, means 
 
COMPARATIVE TABLE. 
 
 129 
 
 QUEENSLAND. 
 
 Kogai. 
 
 Pikumbul. Kiljki. Paiamba. Dippil. Turrubul. 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 NORTH-WEST 
 COAST. 
 
 uladirri 
 
 abir 
 amu-gin 
 
 onimeala 
 
 watidalulla 
 
 imbiilloaddi 
 
 unbermelgo 
 wottigagulla 
 
 dilgi 
 kolle-gin 
 
 pika 
 
 galo 
 
 yuga 
 
 naiya 
 
 kuraga 
 
 ambu 
 
 yoai 
 
 kabbi 
 
 baigin 
 
 bitelle 
 nunyin 
 mibon 
 
 milbulpu 
 bog 
 
 yoai 
 
 yugar 
 
 buarao-a 
 
 nanni 
 
 bugan 
 
 murmbull 
 
 n'uther 
 
 ja'alburt 
 
 liubuk 
 
 thai) garth 
 
 brimbinthon 
 
 bullarto n'ud'lara 
 
 mirrig 
 
 ja'alburt 
 
 githo-yuarrabuk 
 
 mirambiak nanO 
 gufch j 
 
 yiun 
 
 yilug 
 
 gara 
 
 ta-wupan 
 kulinua 
 
 talu wununda 
 
 niltuwa 
 
 akwian 
 
 kalkuna 
 
 maiwia 
 
 kilteruna 
 
 tinua 
 
 nitalbi 
 taiwult 
 
 Lower Hunter ; " birabain" is emu in the language of George's River and Botany Bay ; and " biribain" is emu in Illawarra ; " JIurrion," 
 So " thurrug," giyeu by A. Hume as the word for leg on the North-west Coast, is probably the same as " durrug " or " durra," which means 
 opossum, in Turrubul (Moreton Bay), and " kubi" is opossum in Pikumbul. 
 
130 
 
 COMPARATIVE TABLE OF WORDS IN FIVE LANGUAGES. 
 
 father 
 
 mother ... 
 
 son 
 
 daughter . . . 
 brother ... 
 
 sister 
 
 husband ... 
 
 wife 
 
 man 
 
 woman . . 
 black man 
 white man 
 
 eyes 
 
 ears 
 
 tongue 
 
 hand 
 
 thigh 
 
 foot .. 
 
 fire .. 
 
 water 
 
 earth 
 
 stone 
 
 sun .. 
 
 moon 
 
 stars 
 
 great 
 
 little.. 
 
 alive.. 
 
 dead 
 
 good.. 
 
 bad .. 
 
 long .. 
 
 short 
 
 one .. 
 
 two .. 
 
 three 
 
 four . . 
 
 yes .. 
 
 no 
 
 VICTORIA. 
 
 Witaoro. 
 
 Jajaoron. J/femjenwurro. Burapper. Ta-uijguron 
 
 pedvirinettuk 
 
 nardon rjettuk 
 
 boran 
 
 bagoriik 
 
 warnuij 
 
 wairrja nettuk 
 
 warringur tannu 
 
 nannapunguranuk 
 
 gole 
 
 bagoriik 
 
 bangondeduk 
 
 amigit 
 
 mirruk 
 
 winguk 
 
 tallanyuk 
 
 munangin 
 
 karrlmnuk 
 
 lurtamniik 
 
 tinnanuk 
 
 wing 
 
 moabit 
 
 dar 
 
 lar 
 
 mirri 
 
 minyan 
 
 turb baram 
 
 detarbul 
 
 nani akoru 
 
 muron 
 
 detarwa 
 
 ko-enebanyuk 
 
 nulam 
 
 nerrim 
 
 mo-ert 
 
 koenmo-et 
 
 bullait 
 
 bullait par koenmoet 
 
 bullait bullait 
 
 yiyi 
 
 borak 
 
 marmuk 
 
 barbiik 
 
 bobiili 
 
 tor-roi 
 
 warwuk 
 
 kotuk 
 
 nannetuk 
 
 marrarbuk 
 
 gole 
 
 ture 
 
 bangodeduk 
 
 amigit 
 
 minniik 
 
 wimbuluk 
 
 talhjuk 
 
 munnar 
 
 karrepiik 
 
 burapiik 
 
 tinnanyuk 
 
 wi 
 
 wonyeram 
 
 dar 
 
 lar 
 
 nao-i 
 
 yern 
 
 tiirt 
 
 nuribabuk 
 
 wanimuk] 
 
 muron 
 
 deryuij 
 
 talkuk 
 
 yurroij 
 
 karpul 
 
 mo-et 
 
 kiarp 
 
 bullait 
 
 bullait par kiarp 
 
 bullait bullait 
 
 yiyi 
 lo-wurrug 
 
 marmak 
 
 barpanoriik 
 
 watyepuk 
 
 mangapuk 
 
 warwuk 
 
 kotugan garuk 
 
 nannetiik 
 
 nettargoruk 
 
 gole 
 
 bienbiengu bullar 
 
 bangodeduk 
 
 amigit 
 
 minnuk 
 
 wimbuluk 
 
 talhjuk 
 
 munnenuk 
 
 karrepiik 
 
 burapiik 
 
 tinnanjowuk 
 
 wi 
 
 katyin 
 
 dar 
 
 lar 
 
 nao-i 
 
 yern 
 
 turt 
 
 murtyowuk 
 
 wardibiik 
 
 miiron 
 
 detyurj 
 
 talkuk 
 
 yartinyar 
 
 tuwurnge 
 
 mo-et 
 
 kiarp 
 
 bullait 
 
 bullait par kiarp 
 
 bullaityewubullait 
 
 yiji 
 
 nullunyer 
 
 marmuk 
 barbiik 
 
 layuruk 
 
 warwuk 
 
 kotuk menniik 
 
 nannetuk 
 
 matermenniik 
 
 woitu bullar 
 
 layuruk 
 
 bangodeyuk 
 
 moandit 
 
 minnuk 
 
 wimbuluk 
 
 talleijuk 
 
 munnaijuk 
 
 karrebii 
 
 burapiik 
 
 tinnanuk 
 
 wannap 
 
 kartln 
 
 dar 
 
 lar 
 
 nao-I 
 
 wiyingwil 
 
 tiirt 
 
 kuriiinanduk 
 
 murtuk 
 
 muron 
 
 wlkin 
 
 talkuk 
 
 yettowarndiik 
 
 tuwarnanduk 
 
 tuluwanduk 
 
 kiarp 
 
 bullait 
 
 bullait kiarp 
 
 bullait bullait 
 
 ljaar 
 
 burapper 
 
 warredii 
 
 bai'bauuk 
 
 bobup 
 
 bagurii 
 
 parngannu 
 
 bainbainu 
 
 nangoronu 
 
 bimbanml 
 
 golln 
 
 badyuru * 
 
 marramgondegu 
 
 amigl 
 
 mingu 
 
 wirringii 
 
 tallanu 
 
 munangu 
 
 tarramjii 
 
 gurambu 
 
 tinnanu 
 
 wl-iu 
 
 parn 
 
 bi-ik 
 
 moidyerre 
 
 nummi 
 
 minnun 
 
 turt 
 
 wurtabuk 
 
 wikoruk 
 
 miiron 
 
 werregi 
 
 wan wan gu 
 
 niilam 
 
 yurobot 
 
 mo-ert 
 
 kuptyu 
 
 bullarbil 
 
 bullarbil barbup 
 
 bullarbil bullarbil 
 
 yari-ia 
 
 targun 
 
 *It is evident that four of the words given for " woman" are the same, with very slight variations, as those given for 
 " daughter." Probably the relation was not clearly understood by those who supplied the words; it may be supposed that 
 these words mean simply " woman." 
 
COMPARISON OF WORDS IN VARIOUS LANGUAGES. 131 
 
 In this list we find some of the roots that are used in Queens- 
 land and New South Wales. " Gole" may be a variation of "kore" 
 (man) in the language of Lake Macquarie. " Wi" (with the variations 
 "wing" and "wi-in"), meaning fire, connects these languages south 
 of the Murray with Kamilaroi. " Dar" (the earth) is found north of 
 Brisbane, in Queensland. " Tallanyuk" (the tongue) is evidently the 
 same in origin as "tulle" and "tullun." "Tarrannu" (thigh) in 
 Taungurorj is of the root " durra" heard in many northern languages. 
 "Tinnanuk" (the foot) is a variety of the root "tinna," " dinna," or 
 " tidna" ; both these extend over a very large portion of this Colony 
 and of Queensland. " Muron" (alive) is the same root as " morun" 
 or " moron" in Kamilaroi and neighbouring languages. And yet the 
 words for dead are quite different. 
 
 The most remarkable root that re-appears in Victoria is " bullait" 
 (favo). As in the name Wolger and other words, the European ear has 
 taken the very sharp sound of r to be that of t ; it may be that this 
 word is truly " bullair" ; and in one case Mr. Parker gives " bullarbil." 
 It is evidently the "bular" of Kamilaroi and the "budela" of Queens- 
 land. The words for " one" in Victoria (" kiarp" and " koenmoet") I 
 never heard in any part of this or the northern Colony ; but here is 
 the root for two (" bular") extending over all Eastern Australia. 
 
 Like the languages on the Upper Darling and its tributaries, 
 " Burapper," south of the Murray, is named from its negative adverb. 
 The most striking difference between these Victorian words and those 
 of more northerly tongues is the frequency with which the thin mutes 
 (p, t, and especially k) end a word. In Kamilaroi every word and 
 every syllable ends with a vowel or a liquid. 
 
132 COMPARISON OF WORDS IN VARIOUS LANGUAGES. 
 
 The above specimens illustrate this fact, — that the languages of 
 neighbouring tribes differ very much, and yet are connected by words 
 common to both. Wiradhuri and Kamilaroi are very similar, and 
 both are widely spread. I suppose that one word in fifty is the same in 
 Kamilaroi and Pikumbul, and one in eighty the same in Kamilaroi 
 and Kogai. The suffixes are more frequently found the same in 
 several languages. 
 
 The words for " the head" differ in almost every language ; but 
 " mil," the eye, and " muru " the nose, are found in many languages. 
 
 I believe " durra," varying only as durrung and durrun, is found 
 all over Australia for the thigh, arm of a tree, or arm of a creek ; 
 " puiyu," the leg, and " dinna," the foot, are also widely spread, but 
 not so general as durra ; while for the arm the words differ in almost 
 every language. 
 
 " Murra " or " mara," the hand, is another very wide- spread 
 word. 
 
 The names of some animals, derived from the noises they make, 
 are of course much alike. 
 
 The pronouns of the first and second person are nearly the same 
 all over Australia ; those of the third person differ much. 
 
 I. In Kamilaroi " ijaia " (I) ; in Wiradhuri " naddu" ; in 
 Wailwun "nattu"; in Kogai "naia"; in Pikumbul 
 " nutta " ; in Dippil " nai " ; in Turrubul " ljutta," 
 " natti " ; South Australia (West), by Captain, now Sir 
 
George Grey, "ganya" and " nadjo " ; South Australia, 
 by Taihleman, " gaii " ; at Newcastle, by Rev. L. E. 
 Threlkeld, "gatoa"; at George's River "naiya"; in 
 Wodi-wodi (the language of Illawarra) "gaiagug." 
 
 II. In Kamilaroi "ginda" {thou) ; in Wiradhuri and Wailwun 
 
 •• gindu" ; in Kogai w inda" ; in Pikumbul " ginda" ; in 
 Dippil "gin" "inta" ; in Turrubul " ginta" ; S. Australia 
 "ginnei" and "ninna"; Newcastle "gintoa"; at George's 
 River "nindi"; in Wodi-wodi "gindigug." 
 
 III. He in the above languages is " genua," " yeraggo," 
 "nila" or "guia," " unda," " wunnal," "bountoa," and 
 "dulla," 
 
 A comparison of the numeral adjectives in various languages 
 shows this remarkable fact, — that while in every tribe the words for 
 one and three are different, the root word for two is the same in almost 
 all the languages of the eastern portion of Australia. Many of them 
 have no separate word for 4 and higher numbers : but make up those 
 numbers by combinations of 1, 2, and 3. 
 
 The languages from "Kamilaroi" to "Wodi-wodi" extend over 
 districts in the N.W. and S.E. of New South Wales more than 600 
 miles apart ; and from the " Kigki" to the other side of the "Dippil" 
 is at least 300 miles of Queensland. 
 
 
 Kamilaroi. 
 
 Wailwun. 
 
 Lower Hunter. 
 
 Kirjki. 
 
 Paiamba. 
 
 1. 
 
 ..mal 
 
 nagu 
 
 wakol 
 
 pieya 
 
 kabuin 
 
 2. 
 
 ..biilar 
 
 bulugur 
 
 buloara 
 
 bud e la 
 
 purayu 
 
 3. 
 
 . . guliba 
 
 s 
 
 kuliba 
 
 goro 
 
 kunnun 
 
 guruamda 
 
134 
 
 COMPARISON OF WORDS IN VARIOUS LANGUAGES. 
 
 Turrubul. 
 
 Dippil. 
 
 Turuwul. Wodi-wodi. 
 
 l...kunnar 
 
 kalim 
 
 wakul mittug 
 
 2...bud e la 
 
 bular 
 
 wakulwakul* bular 
 
 3...muddan 
 
 (boppa or 
 ( kurbunta 
 
 [ dugul wowulli 
 
 * Wakulwakul (one-one) is evidently a substitute for the forgotten numeral of the 
 extinct Sydney tribe. And as the next language on the south has " bular," and all to 
 the north and north-west the same root, it is almost certain that the former inhabitants 
 of Port Jackson had also the same root for two. At Portland Bay, on the south coast 
 of Victoria, two hundred and fifty miles west of Melbourne, I found " bular" used for 
 two, while the other numerals were words I had never heard before. 
 
TRADITIONS. 
 
 I.— THE CEEATOE. 
 
 J^ItlHE greatest of the Australian traditions — that there is one Maker of all things in 
 heaven and earth, who sustains and provides for us all — has been already spoken of. 
 Baia-me (from " baia" to make or build) is the name, in Kamilaroi, of the Maker, who 
 created and preserves all things. Generally invisible, he has sometimes (they believe) 
 appeared in human form, he has bestowed on their race various gifts, and he will bring 
 them before him for judgment, and reward the good with endless happiness. 
 
 The Rev. James Gunther (of Mudgee), who was many years engaged on a mission 
 to the Aborigines of the Wellington District in this Colony, where the Wiradhuri 
 language is spoken, has recorded in his Grammar of that language this conclusion: — 
 " There is no doubt in my mind that the name Baia-mai (so it is pronounced in 
 Wiradhuri) refers to the Supreme Being ; and the ideas held concerning Him by some 
 of the more thoughtful Aborigines are a remnant of original traditions prevalent among 
 the ancients about the Deity." Mr. Gunther states that he has found in what the 
 Aborigines said to him about Baia-mai " traces of three attributes of the God of the 
 the Bible, viz. : — eternity, omnipotence and goodness." He also says " the idea of a 
 future state of existence is not quite extinct among the aborigines." Some of the more 
 thoughtful expressed to him their belief that " good natives will go to Baia-mai when 
 they die." 
 
 It may be thought strange that the Bev. L. E. Threlkeld, who laboured zealously 
 for years among the Aborigines at Lake Macquarie, near Newcastle, and who has recorded 
 many of their traditions concerning various spirits, has made no mention of any belief 
 entertained by them concerning one Supreme Being. If the blacks of Lake Macquarie 
 had held any such belief as that of the Kamilaroi people in Baia-me, surely Mr. Threlkeld 
 would have heard and recorded it. But as the result of an extensive observation, I 
 believe that the natives of some parts of the interior are superior to those on the coast. 
 The Wiradhuri, Kamilaroi, Wolaroi, Pikumbul, and Kogai tribes may have retained a 
 tradition of this kind, after it had been obscured and utterly lost among the tribes 
 on the coast. 
 
136 
 
 TRADITIONS. 
 
 The Eev. C. C. Greenway, who lived some years at Collemungool, in the district of 
 the Kamilaroi-speaking tribes, and made himself conversant with their language and 
 traditions, says, in a letter to the author — " Bhaia-mi is regarded as the Maker of all 
 things, the name signifying maker, cutter out. He is regarded as the rewarder and 
 punisher of men, according to their conduct. He is said to have been on the earth. He 
 sees all ; he knows all, if not directly, through Turramiilan a subordinate deity. Turra- 
 mulan is mediator for all the operations of Bhaia-mi to man, and from man to Bhaia-mi." 
 
 For my own part, before seeing what Mr. Gttnther and Mr. Greenway had written, 
 I heard of Baia-me from the Aborigines on the Namoi and Barwan. Many of them, 
 when asked concerning any object, such as as the river, trees, sun, stars, &c, — who made 
 these ? uniformly and readily replied " Baiame." And many of them have said to me in 
 answer to questions about him, — as old King Bory of Gingi did in 1871, — " Kamil naia 
 nummi Baiame ; naia winunulda (I have not seen Baiame ; I hear him)." 
 
 In Pikumbul, Baiame is called Anambu, and by some Minumbu. 
 
 The Wailwun blacks, according to Mr. Thomas Honery, of the Upper Hunter, who 
 was brought up on the Barwan, and was familiarly acquainted with the tribe, relate the 
 following ancient traditions : — 
 
 Baiame first made man at Murula, a mountain between the Barwan and the Narran 
 Bivers. He formerly lived among men. And in the stony ridges between those two 
 rivers there is a bole in the rock, shaped like a man, two or three times as large as a 
 common man. In this, it is said, Baiame used to rest himself. He had a large tribe 
 round him, whom he fed at a place called Mldul. Suddenly he vanished from them, and 
 went up to heaven. Still, though unseen, he provides them food, making the grass to 
 grow for them. And they believe he will come back at a future time. 
 
 There was formerly an evil spirit called " Mullion" (eagle) who lived in a very high 
 tree, at Girra on the Barwan, and used to come down and seize men and devour them. 
 The people often tried to drive away Mullion, by piling wood at the foot of the tree and 
 setting fire to it. But the wood was always pushed away by an invisible hand ; and the 
 fire was of no avail. Baiame, seeing their trouble, told a blackfellow to get a " murru- 
 wunda" (red mouse) and put a lighted straw in its mouth, and let it run up the tree. 
 This set fire to the tree : and as it blazed up, they saw Mullion fly away in the smoke. 
 He never returned. The smoke from the burning of that tree was so dense that for some 
 days they could see nothing. 
 
 Similar traditions have been found in widely distant parts of Australia. In Illawarra 
 from 30 to 100 miles south of Sydney, the supreme Ruler is called " Mirirul." 
 
TRADITIONS. 137 
 
 Mirirul, whose name is apparently derived from "mirir" the sky, whom therefore we 
 venture to call the Australian Zeus, — is said by the blacks of Illawarra to have made all 
 things. When people die they are brought up to a large tree, where Mirirul examines 
 and judges them. The good he takes up to the sky. The bad he sends to another place 
 to be punished. The women say to their children, when they are naughty, " Mirirul 
 wirrin munin," (Mirirul will not allow it.) 
 
 A " Colonial Magistrate," the author of " Remarks on the probable origin and 
 antiquity of the Aboriginal Natives of New South Wales," published at Melbourne, by 
 J. Pullar & Co., says " The Murray [River] natives believe in a Being with supreme 
 attributes, whom they call Nourelle. Nourelle never dies ; and blackfellows go to him, 
 and never die again." From the same writer we learn that the natives of the Loddon 
 ascribe the creation of man and of all things to Binbeal. They say that Binbeal subjects 
 the spirits of deceased persons to an ordeal of fire, to try whether they are good or bad. 
 The good he liberates at once ; the bad are confined and punished. 
 
 At Western Port, in Victoria, there was a tradition that Bonjil, or Pundyil, created 
 men. He formerly lived at the falls of Lallal on the Marabool River ; and is now in the 
 sky. Pundyil seeing the earth overrun with serpents, sent his good daughter Karakarok 
 with a long staff to destroy these tormentors of men. Karakarok killed many ; but this 
 good work was stopped by the breaking of her staff. As the staff snapped in two, fire 
 came from it, the first fire ever given to man. Presently, however, Wang, an evil spirit 
 in the form of a crow, flew away with the fire ; but the good Karakarok restored it. 
 
 Mr. Beveridge, in the evidence he gave before the Select Committee of the Legis- 
 lative Council of Victoria, in 1858, said of the Aborigines " They believe in one all- 
 presiding good Spirit," whom they call " Grnowdenont"; and "they have an idea of a very 
 wicked spirit named Guambucootchaly." 
 
 II.— GOOD AND EVIL SPIRITS. 
 
 The Aborigines believe in many spirits. " Wunda"is the common name for these among 
 the Kamilaroi and neighbouring tribes. Anything mysterious or supernatural is called 
 " wunda." One of the chief of these is Turramulan, who acts as the agent of Baiame. 
 In some places, however, Turramulan is spoken of as an evil being, or an enemy of man. 
 His name signifies " leg-only-on-one-side" or lame. He has a wife called " Muni Burre- 
 bean" (egg-like, nourishing-with-milk.") She has the duty of instructing women ; for 
 they may not see Turramulan on pain of death. And even when mention is made of 
 Turramulan, or of the Bora at which he presides, the women slink away, knowing that it 
 it unlawful for them so much as to hear anything about such matters. 
 
138 TRADITIONS. 
 
 " Tohi" is the name for the spirit of man ; "bunna" is that part of him which dies. 
 "When the bunna returns to dust the " tohi," may become a wunda. The wunda may 
 enter some other body. "Wicked men are punished by the degradation of their souls. 
 Their " tohi" may be condemned to animate a beast. But the good are rewarded by 
 their spirits passing into beings of superior condition. And the Aborigines generally 
 acknowledge the superiority of white men by saying that some of the good Murri, after 
 their decease, arise as white-fellows. 
 
 Among the Wailwun tribes " Kinirkinlr" are the spirits of the departed, wandering 
 over the face of the earth. " Yo-wl" is a spirit that roams over the earth at night. 
 " Wawi" is a snake or a monster, as large as a gum-tree (30 to 40 feet high), with a 
 small head and a neck like a snake. It lives in a waterhole 30 miles from the Barwan ; 
 and used to eat blackfellows. They could never slay it. " Murriula" is a dog-like 
 monster, formerly in the water between the Barwan and the Narran. " Buba" (father) 
 is the name of the first great kangaroo, progenitor of the whole race of kangaroos. His 
 thigh-bone — 4 feet long, 7 or 8 inches in diameter, and tapering in form — is carried about 
 by one of the tribes. It was found in the ridges of Murula. The Murui of the tribe 
 (select men) have charge of it. 
 
 According to Mr. J. M.Allan, (examined before the Select Committee above mentioned) 
 the Aborigines " believe in the existence of evil spirits, whom they seek to propitiate by 
 offerings. Water spirits are called " Turong" ; land spirits " pot-koorok" ; another is 
 " tambora," inhabiting caves. These they suppose to be females without heads. The 
 sun (yarh) and moon (unnung) they suppose to be spirits. " Why churl" is their name 
 for a star. They are much afraid of thunder and lightning, calling the former — " Mum- 
 dell." Mr. M'Kellar, on the same occasion, said " They do, according to their manner, 
 worship the host of heaven, and believe particular constellations rule natural causes. 
 For such they have names ; and sing and dance to gain the favour of the Pleiades, 
 " Mormodellik," the constellation worshipped by one body as the giver of rain ; but if it 
 should be deferred, instead of blessings curses are apt to be bestowed upon it." 
 
 Andrew Hume (who stated that he had gone from Queensland across the continent 
 to the north-western coast, and who lost his life early in the summer of 1874, in an 
 attempt to verify his narrative by recovering some relics of Leichhardt, which he said he 
 had seen, — whose statements, though marked by the uncertainty of a man never trained 
 to the habit of accurate report, are certainly entitled to some credit), gave to the writer 
 the following account of the belief held by the natives of the north-western part of 
 Australia. They believe in four deities,— Munnuninuala, the chief god in the highest 
 heaven, Thalinkiawun, his wife, Mulgianun, her sister, and Munduala, also called 
 Thilkuma, the fire-god, who will burn up the earth and destroy the bad. He is also the 
 author of plagues and other penal visitations. 
 
III.— TKADTTIONS OF THE PAST, AND OF THE FUTUEE STATE. 
 
 According to Andrew Hume the Aborigines near the north-western coast say that the 
 first people who ever settled on this land were four men (brothers) and their four wives, 
 who came in a canoe from the eastward. After they had been here some time, two of 
 the women expressed a wish to return to their native land. The men strongly opposed 
 them ; and the two Avomen secretly took the canoe and went out to sea by themselves. 
 The god, Thilkuma, punished them by throwing a large piece of rock on the canoe, and 
 thus destroyed them. The two men who had thus lost their wives were advised by the 
 other two to go back to their native country and get other wives there. But this they 
 would not do ; and some years after, when the daughters of the women who remained 
 were grown up, their uncles (the widowers) seized them and made them their wives. 
 
 This was a flagrant breach of a law known to be maintained in this Colony and 
 probably established over all Australia. For this transgression they were driven south- 
 ward, into a cold and barren country. After some years the Inyao-a (righteous people) 
 of the north-west, being grieved at the misery of their kindred, prayed that they might 
 be forgiven. They were forgiven and were allowed to settle in peace all over the country, 
 on condition that they re-established the law of descent and marriage which they and 
 their fathers had violated. But as a mark of their guilt they were not allowed to speak 
 the same language as the Inyao-a. Hence arose the division of tongues among the 
 Australians. To this day the people in the north-west call themselves Inyao-a, and speak 
 of all the rest of the aborigines as Karnivual (bastards). 
 
 To this legend may be added the fact that, both on the Barwan and at Scone, in the 
 Hunter Biver District, old blackfellows point to the north-west as the quarter from 
 which their ancestors came long ago. 
 
 Another legend related by Hume is this, which was told in explanation of the 
 division of the territory among the tribes. Two brothers came and settled in the country. 
 One was good, the other bad. The bad one got up a conspiracy to drive out his good 
 brother ; but Thilkuma, the fire-god, came to the help of the latter, and burnt up part of 
 the army of evil-doers. Thilkuma then advised the man to whom he had given the vic- 
 tory to be content with his own territory and live in peace. But the man was greedy of 
 power, and invaded the land of others to the north and the west. After many days 
 fighting, this man fell sick. In his sleep Thilkuma appeared to him, and threatened to 
 destroy him unless he ceased from killing men. Still he persisted in attacking his 
 neighbours. They cried to their god, Dhaigugan, who helped them, and drove back the 
 invader. 
 
140 TRADITIONS. 
 
 Thereupon, to prevent future aggressions, the several tribes received distinctive 
 marks on their breasts and arms, and their boundaries were fixed by rocks, trees, rivers, 
 and mountains. 
 
 The " Colonial Magistrate," above quoted, gives the following legend concerning the 
 beginning of the Human Eace : — " The natives of Western Australia say that when men 
 first began to exist, there were two beings, male and female, — -Wallinyup (the father), 
 and Dovanyup (the mother) ; that they had a son named Bindinwor, who received a 
 deadly wound, which they carefully endeavoured to heal, but without success ; where- 
 upon it was declared that Wallinyup should also die, as his son had died. If Bindinwor's 
 wound could have been healed, the natives think death could have had no power over 
 them. Bindinwor, though deprived of life and buried, did not remain in the grave, but 
 rose and went to the west, across the sea, to the unknown land of spirits, whither his 
 father and mother followed him, and there they have ever since remained." 
 
 Bony, the Murri from the Balonne, who gave me the table of numbers up to twenty, 
 declared this as his belief: — "Murruba murri (good men), when they die go up to guna- 
 gulla (sky), to be with Baiame. Kagil murri (bad men) never come up any more. He 
 is murruba who speaks glrii (truth) and is kind to his fellow-men. He is kagil who tells 
 gunial (lies) and kills men by striking them secretly. It is no harm to kill a man in fair 
 fight." 
 
 Billy, a very old blackfellow of Burburgate, whose proper names are Murri Bundar, 
 with the surname "RJumera Gunaga, spoke Guinberai (or Koinberi). He told me he 
 received his surname from the place where his father was buried ; and that it was a 
 general custom for a Murri to get a name from the place where his father was buried. 
 His father was Ippai Mute, and lived near Wunduba, on Liverpool Plains. In his tribe 
 Murri Duli Wagiira was a chief man. He took the lead in fights, and laid down the 
 law to the tribe. But Billy could not tell how he got his authority. When Billy was a 
 little boy, a Burburgate blackfellow, Charley, was killed by one of the Wee Waa tribe. 
 On this, Grun-guele (Charcoal), whose inherited names were Murri Ganur (red kangaroo), 
 called on the Burburgate blacks to go and punish the tribe guilty of the murder. Natty 
 (as the whites call him), now an old man, whose proper names are Murri Ganur 
 Yawlrawiri, was one of the leaders in the fight. They met about fifteen miles above 
 Narrabri. After a great talk they fought till many were killed on both sides. The 
 combatants were painted red and yellow. Their weapons were spears, boomerangs — bundi 
 and berambu, (different clubs) — and shields. 
 
 This old man, Billy, told me, as a great favour, what other blacks had withheld, as 
 a mystery too sacred to be disclosed to a white man, that " dhiirumbulum," a stick or 
 
TRADITIONS. 141 
 
 wand, is exhibited at the bora (to be explained hereafter), and that the sight of it inspires 
 the initiated with manhood. This sacred wand was the gift of Baiarne. The ground on 
 which the bora is celebrated is Baiame's ground. Billy believes the bora will be kept up 
 always all over the country. Such is the command of Baiame. 
 
 The milky way, as King Bory told me, is a worrumbul, or grove with a watercourse 
 running through it, abounding in ail pleasant things, where Baiame welcomes the good 
 to a happy life, where they walk up and down in the enjoyment of peace and plenty. It 
 is " the inside," he said, that goes up to the sky — not the bones and flesh. Sometimes 
 the good come down again to visit the earth. Colonists who have for many years 
 observed the Aborigines, say that it is a common thing for these people, in the prospect 
 of death, to express a cheerful hope of being better off hereafter. 
 
 IV.— TEADITIONS OF STAES. 
 
 Venus is called TiTindigindoer (you are laughing), or "RTaijikindimawa (laughing at 
 me). Among the squatters occupying the part of the country where these names of 
 Venus are used are some gentlemen of classical attainments ; and possibly the idea of 
 the laughing goddess may have been suggested by them. Orion is called Berai-berai 
 (a young man). This young man was said to have been "burul wlnunailun miai-miai" 
 (much thinking, or desirous of young women), when Baiame caught him up to the 
 sky, near to the " miai-miai" (the Pleiades), whose beauty had attracted him. He has a 
 boomerang in his hand, and a ghuliir (belt) round his waist. One of the miai-miai (the 
 Pleiad which is barely visible) is supposed to hide behind the rest, on account of her 
 defective appearance, and is called gurri-gurri (afraid or ashamed). 
 
 King Bory, on a beautiful starry night, in June, 1871, gave me the name 
 " "RTindigindoer " for Venus. He also gave the following information : — " Mars is 
 " Gumba " (fat) ; Saturn is " wungal " (a small bird) ; Arcturus is " guembila (red)_ 
 At Gundamaine, far away up the Namoi, an old blackfellow called it " Guebilla." 
 
 Canopus, he called wumba (stupid or deaf) ; I suppose because this beautiful star, 
 while it looks so fair, is deaf to their prayers. 
 
 Benemasch and the star next to it, in the tail of the Great Bear, which rise about 
 N.N.E. and set N.N.W., not rising high, but apparently gliding along under the 
 branches of the tall trees like owls, are called nun-gu. (white owls). 
 
 The Northern Crown is " mullion wollai" (the eagle's camp or nest), with its six 
 young eaglets. "When this constellation is about on the meridian, Altair (chief star in 
 Aquila) rises in the N.E., and is called by the Wailwun people "mullion" (eagle). 
 
Shortly after this Vega rises to the N.N.E., and is also called " mullion." These are the 
 parent eagles, springing up from the earth to watch their nest. King Bory used the word 
 " mullion ga " of them both, signifying eagles in action. The Pleiades he called worrul 
 (bees' nest). Bungula and Agenor (the pointers to the Southern Cross) he called 
 murai (cockatoos). The three principal stars of the Southern Cross are ^Tuu (a tea-tree). 
 The dark space in the sky at the foot of the cross is gao-ergi (an emu) couching. 
 
 The Magellan clouds are two buralga (native companions). 
 
 Antares is gudda (a lizard). 
 
 Two stars across the Milky Way, near Scorpio, are gijeri ga (small green parrots). 
 
 The dark space between two branches of the Milky Way, near Scorpio, is 
 Wurrawilburu (a dreadful demon). 
 
 The S-shaped line of stars in Serpentarius, between the Northern Crown and 
 Scorpio, is called Mundewur (the notches cut in the bark of a tree to enable a black- 
 fellow to climb it) . 
 
 Spica Virginis is giirie (a crested parrot). 
 
 Eomalhaut is ganl (a small iguana) . 
 
 Corvus (the four stars) is bundar (a kangaroo). 
 
 The Peacock's Eye is murgu (a night cuckoo). 
 
 On the Murray a beautiful legend has been ascribed to the Aborigines, concerning 
 the two pointers, Bungula and Agenor. A flock of turkey -buzzards (commonly called 
 plain-turkeys), used to sport every evening on a plain ; but an old cannibal bird 
 watching them, when he saw one weary with the dance, or race, pounced upon it and 
 devoured it. Grieved at the loss of their young birds, the flock met, and took counsel 
 together to remove to another plain. But when they were about to leave, two birds of 
 the same species, from a distance, came up and encouraged them to stay, promising to 
 save them from their persecutor. When evening came, one of these two birds hid himself 
 in the bushes near the old cannibal : the other joined the ring. After a while, this last 
 bird, pretending to be weary, fell down in front of the persecutor, who at once sprang 
 forth to kill him. But the second stranger came to his help, and the two soon despatched 
 the old bird. AVbile the whole flock were applauding the deed, the two deliverers rose 
 up from their midst, and flew higher and higher, until they reached the sky, where they 
 now shine for ever. 
 
TALES IN THARUMBA AND THURAWAL. 
 
 J-^Ml H AEUMB A is spoken on the Shoalhaven Eiver, in the south-eastern part of this 
 Colony, by the Wandandian Tribe, Thurawal in another part of the same district, south 
 of Illawarra where Wodi-wodi is spoken. Thurawal appears to be the same word as 
 Turrubul and Turuwul, the names of the languages spoken at Moreton Bay and Port 
 Jackson. 
 
 The following tales in Tharumba were supplied to the Government by Mr. Andrew 
 Mackenzie, of the Shoalhaven District, for transmission to Professor Max Muller. The 
 first was related by Hugany, an Aboriginal of the Wandandian Tribe ; the second by 
 Noleman, of the same tribe. 
 
 Jerra Tharumba. 
 Tutawa, Puluggul. 
 "Wunna puru minilla, wanekundi Tuta- 
 wanyella ; kuritjabunjlla ililla thogunko ; 
 kunamimbulilla ; gubija mirigambila ; 
 jukundai murrundohila Puluggul. Uarin- 
 madthai jambinuro mundija kunda 
 bundilla. " Bu ! Puluggul garinmagarao- 
 undtha." " Mundija yandthaono binyaro." 
 Uurawunko bungailuwa thaorumbrao ; 
 bungaluwa gurawun. 
 
 Tutawa pururuggala, pururururu. Bu- 
 thulala Tutawai thulinyo ; thitbulo wakara 
 guia, gurawan, kurru. Kiiru gama 
 yanaila. Taukuga, "Kuwai-ai-ai! Pulug- 
 gul, kunugaluni yai waukarag, garinma 
 kunnumbaithali mundijain purajain. 
 Niruna bunna, kuruguma ! " 
 
 Bithaigala karugandthilla Puluggul, — 
 " Puluggul wunnamakoin yaawe." " Bu ! 
 indigaga bundugan jinna." 
 
 Puluggul karamblla. 
 " Wunnama narugga 
 
 Wunnama 
 
 narugga 
 
 ! " 
 
 Tharumba Story. 
 Tootawa and Pooloongool. 
 
 Out of the oven-hole brought the 
 kangaroo ; Tootawa carried it on his 
 shoulder, took it to the camp, roasted it, 
 gave a little to his dog, and carried the 
 biggest part to Pooloongool. Brought 
 stinking meat to his father-in-law and 
 brother-in-law. "Hush! Pooloongool, your 
 son-in-law will hear you." " Por meat 
 go, Binyara." To the sea they paddled, 
 the whole party; they paddled to the sea. 
 
 Tootawa jumped about with rage, jump, 
 jump, jump. Split Tootawa his tongue ; 
 he spat the blood west, east, south, north. 
 The west wind came. They said, " Oh 
 dear ! Pooloongool, you must try to get 
 ashore with us ; you said a bad word to 
 your father-in-law this morning about the 
 meat. Look at the rain and the wind ! " 
 
 The pelican said to Pooloongool, " Poo- 
 loongool, come here, I'll put you in my 
 canoe." Get along ! I'll put you in my 
 canoe." 
 
 Pooloongool was getting drowned. 
 
 " Put me into the canoe ! " Put me into 
 the canoe! " 
 
144 TALES. 
 
 Tanilowa yakuna waukao. 
 
 Those went to the shore. 
 
 Yerrimbulo jella, jella, jella, jella, jiik, 
 
 The musk duck bailed the water out of 
 
 jiik, jiik, jiik, yapoilla warri wakarain ; 
 
 his own canoe, dip, dip, dip, dip, drip, 
 
 jellajellunkawedthu. kudjiir wurrakain. 
 
 drip, drip, drip, went that way to the 
 
 
 shore ; flapped the lake all the way. 
 
 Taowalli purapiindo, kunyu, bethaigal, 
 
 They dived and came up again ; the 
 
 pa kuna pa tora, pa munda, pa mara. Jura- 
 
 black shag, the white-breasted shag. They 
 
 bawulara birura, birrimbaimin Jurabai- 
 
 dive now for the fish ; they fish ; they feed 
 
 wunnaora mara, numbulo jeriwan taora 
 
 in the water all day long. There was no 
 
 yakunjo waoari. Kumari yenna thukia 
 
 wind in former times ; all was calm. 
 
 Kaor. 
 
 Bumbilla nurawan Tutawai punyiri- 
 
 Tootawa brought all that wind that's 
 
 mula kumariwaindo yakunjo waoari, 
 
 blowing now all the time from the west, 
 
 bimira, guia, n urawundakurru ; yibundaido 
 
 south, east, north ; it blows now all the 
 
 yakunjo waoari. 
 
 while. 
 
 Jerra Thdrumba. 
 
 Tharumba Story. 
 
 "Wunbula. 
 
 "Wunbula (a man's name ; also, three 
 
 
 stars in Canis Major). 
 
 Nadjirjajon, Murrumbul, Mundtha. 
 
 The bat, the brown snake, the black 
 
 
 snake. 
 
 Tanilla Kolumbri, yetbunillawa Kolll- 
 
 He went away from Columbri, passed 
 
 jaga Munai ; thogun yenna. Yanillawa 
 
 Collijaga to Monga ; camped there. He 
 
 bunguto. "Nyeniinya, maiirro ; irribaoga 
 
 went to look for wombat. " There it is ; 
 
 mirigandtha wenkinbra Murrumbul 
 
 you stay here ; I'll go in with my dog, my 
 
 Mundtha." 
 
 women, Murrumbool (Mrs. Brown Snake) 
 
 
 and Moondtha (Mrs. Black Snake)." 
 
 "Thunnamagali kunjawogtunala; tukao- 
 
 " Our husband makes us tired taking us 
 
 na yaniuna warri thogundtha." 
 
 about ; we'll shut him up ; we'll go to the 
 
 
 camp." 
 
 Jin a yaninjoana warri ; jig a tharar. 
 
 That fellow went in far ; that fellow 
 
 " Ijella tukalinga, Murrumbula pa Mund- 
 
 came back. "Those have shut me up, 
 
 tba. kTirilla munduga mungala; mand- 
 
 Murrumbool and Moondtha." He heard 
 
 thilla jirai kumirgurirjo minilla mirigano 
 
 the fly buzz ; waited for him to go out at 
 
 wurri punanjiwona; mijilla jerai tharar; 
 
 the little hole, took the dog a long way 
 
 yanilla nurri thogundtha. 
 
 under his arm ; went outside ; went right 
 
 
 away to the camp. 
 
TALES. 
 
 145 
 
 " Yanaonyi gaiunko wenkinbra." 
 
 " Let's go for ants' larvae, women." 
 
 " Pukerigji, jurabaonyi." Tanillawa 
 
 "It's hot, let's bathe." They went 
 
 wurrigala. "Ma! jurabaona gatenwalla 
 
 close to the bank. " Come on ! let's 
 
 yaoalia naiaga tulunya." 
 
 bathe — you on one side, and you on the 
 
 
 other, I in the middle." 
 
 Kulala jerabaddi yaoalia ijatenwalla; 
 
 The barbed-spears spear them on this 
 
 jerumbaddi murrilaora merero. 
 
 side and that; the barbed-spears were 
 
 
 sticking up. 
 
 Munaoraggarila ; yaoalia yuinyumbulo 
 
 They went to join the Munowra (con- 
 
 Wunbuleriba. 
 
 stellation) Wunbula, their husband, on 
 
 
 the other side. 
 
 Jerra Thurawaldhery. 
 
 A Thuraioal Story. 
 
 Yirrama Karwer. 
 
 The Spirit of the Fig Tree. 
 
 Tandi gai karwerullago. 
 
 " I am going for wild figs." 
 
 TJai, yannig kainandha yandhanai. 
 
 " Very well ; go ; go on ; start away." 
 
 Kurmunnu, biagaly. 
 
 Net, basket. 
 
 "Wunnomainbala kurwery ; kurma 
 
 He picked the figs ; filled net and 
 
 biagaly gobimata. 
 
 basket. 
 
 Kullymirgaia, biagaly wal, gobimata 
 
 Cut more bangaly for basket, and filled 
 
 kurwery. 
 
 them with figs. 
 
 Yandhanai inumbaianai, kubaia yirra- 
 
 The spirit comes ; catches him ; swal- 
 
 main. 
 
 lows him. 
 
 TiTaindhanai wurri nadjongo, undhumaia 
 
 Takes him to the water, drinks, spits 
 
 dhurawaia. 
 
 out again. 
 
 Jellunjiiranadthanai ; yangundaianai ; 
 
 Looks back ; tickles him ; looks at him, 
 
 nanyinajellanai, yallumbunyainoi yangun- 
 
 comes back and tickles him again. 
 
 dibbala. 
 
 
 Jauagunalaia, yallumbunga, yangun- 
 
 Goes away ; comes back and tickles 
 
 dabillajaia. Jauia warry jaulajilaia, 
 
 him again. A long way goes, comes back 
 
 yangundibbala jella. 
 
 and tickles him again. 
 
 Jaugunalaia war-ry bobaradha. Ya 
 
 Groes a very long way to the mountains. 
 
 jauianabulgo thobararalunbilla,ye maunda 
 
 He gets up, runs to the sea, and jumps 
 
 wunanye. 
 
 in ; the spirit very near catches him. 
 
146 TALES. 
 
 Kaiugoyia yangaruya ya wudjut yendag . 
 
 Into the sea he goes, the spirit along 
 
 
 the beach walks. 
 
 Barungaga thallybunbila ya kurubun 
 
 Upon an island he got ; to the rocks went 
 
 juya yirraina. Karrugaia " yuinya ya-a-i ! " 
 
 the spirit. He shouted — " Come here !" 
 
 Karuganbilla. 
 
 Shouted again. 
 
 Gummagaimathauakulwaiona. " Yirra- 
 
 They fetch spears ; walk round him. 
 
 ma na pulla! " Mudgerypurria. Parrilan- 
 
 " The spirit is this way !" The man got 
 
 kanaia, yerrauaga, yirribalaia. 
 
 into a canoe. The spirit could not be 
 
 
 found ; he went into the rocks ; he got 
 
 
 into the hole. 
 
 Mullimula. 
 
 The Plea ides. 
 
 Thurawaldheri Kurialla. 
 
 A Thurawal Story. 
 
 Tenda Jeju mulliwauthama Jejugko 
 
 Came the Moon ; was enamoured the 
 
 mullimula mega yandthannug. 
 
 Moon, to the Mullymoola damsels came 
 he. 
 
 Thullimalaoa kaiuggo kundthumaiaoa 
 
 They were catching kyoong (a kind of 
 
 paiamingagga kaiugga Pulinjirugga 
 
 fish) : were roasting (with hot stones) 
 
 Kanda. Yangao ana Jindaola Uurund- 
 
 piaming (a bulbous reed), and kyoong, 
 
 thilanai Guiaiin. "Wudthawaiin. yaggai? 
 
 at Poolinjirunga, near Kan. They went 
 
 tburaodamurra yagganai gurumbagganda ; 
 
 to Jindowla. Heard them the Southron. 
 
 kubbutgailagganda; piailinuradtha yagga- 
 
 " Where are they singing about me ? I 
 
 naoraniirdtbundtha. Kulinaianumai thuri- 
 
 hear them about me, singing in the gully ; 
 
 naianai mobarudthu." 
 
 let me have pipeclay to corrobaree ; sing 
 
 
 that song ; let me dance. " I'll spear 
 
 
 you in the eye." 
 
 Kulabimaianai ; meriruggo yenaiuwa 
 
 They go under the ground ; up to the 
 
 Kuranaiuwa inamrudtbana. 
 
 sky they went. The sisters became stone. 
 
 Jerra Bundula. 
 
 The Story of Bundoola. 
 
 [Told by Bimmoon, o 
 
 f the Ulladulla tribe.] 
 
 Yanaoya maranji : kulambaroga ina- 
 
 I go fishing ; I am going to spear fish ; 
 
 ranji; mujeri, yirraganji. Kuttbu kawa 
 
 my canoe, my fish spear. What a fine 
 
 kuruaolan ! bungaoga jilluggo ; kuroa 
 
 calm sea. I'll paddle over there to the 
 
 kalandthun ! yanaoga tbaogulivvollun 
 
 surf at the rocks ; I'll go to the bush, the 
 
 kaorai'li ; bungayuga kutthugo. 
 
 sea is too rough ; I'll paddle out to sea 
 
 i. — — 
 
 again. 
 
TALES. 147 
 
 Tariuunye, ma mara nombimunnolo. 
 
 Let us run away, because nasty fish 
 
 Tanuunye, wurruga, wunnianye, bangun- 
 
 (are what he gives you). Let us run 
 
 adtha. Yandthaojina : 
 
 away, children, let us leave him when he 
 
 
 goes out far. He follows them. 
 
 " Wudthaolono, ka-u ! 
 
 " Where are you ? holloa ! 
 
 TJaiuraga gaila. Yanaga. 
 
 I hear them over there. I must go 
 
 
 there. 
 
 Yakullli guiangal," yaparanu, "jambin- 
 
 There they are, the Southerners," he 
 
 yuna. 
 
 says, " Our brother-in-law coming. 
 
 Tanaonye, gumma ginnamaraya ; 
 
 Let us go, let us make the spear ready ; 
 
 kurairi kulagiyema, ny-ao-umboni, ma 
 
 all ready ; you are a good marksman ; you 
 
 nainjiwanna buttunu murriba. 
 
 wait here, because this is the path the 
 
 
 kangaroo takes — his road. 
 
 Tanaonye, jambi, nyaonidtha thun- 
 
 Let us go, brother-in-law; you'll see 
 
 bugaruga wullugaranya, irrininagaor- 
 
 your wife's country ; you'll see the great 
 
 anna." 
 
 precipice," 
 
 Bundilli wenkinoji gundigura, wurri- 
 
 Bundoola's wife belonged to that place. 
 
 galla na, mai-iraji jellowigallu yirrimula 
 
 " You come close to the edge ; you stop 
 
 warrinowarri, kabutsh niiri, minirra guri, 
 
 here." They shove him over a good way, 
 
 bungoi'n ; yanilla wurriji meriro ; " jergara 
 
 kill him dead. " Rope (vine) ; you catch 
 
 juwe wurraora indai." Banboro-gundo. 
 
 hold of the rope." He comes up a long 
 
 
 way to the top. " Cut the rope : serve you 
 
 
 right: you dead now." This was at 
 
 
 Banboro. 
 
 Murraoga nenji thogunda, kumiranyl 
 
 I'll go home to my place ; this place is 
 
 kunnin-yekumba, murrai-oga nenji naia 
 
 too rough ; I'll go a little further. This 
 
 thogunda nyaimbioga Bundarwai. 
 
 is the good habitation. I'll stop here at 
 
 
 Bundarwa. 
 
 In these Thurumba and Thurawal tales, 
 
 it is easy to see some of the root words which 
 
 are used on the Namoi and in Queensland 
 
 . There are " thulin" or " tullun" (tongue), 
 
 "yan" (go), "nanyi" (see), "naia" (I), "i 
 
 ndai" (thou) ; " merir" or " mirir" is sky or 
 
 top, as in Wodi-wodi; "bul" means jealoi 
 
 lsy in Kamilaroi, and the sea in Thurawal. 
 
 " Nadjog" (water) is the same root as in W 
 
 odi-wodi. 
 

 -SONG-S. 
 
 J^MlHB first six of the following songs, in Kamilaroi and "Wolaroi, with the explana- 
 
 tions, were kindly furnished to me by the Bev. 
 
 I. 
 
 This song was composed in derision of so 
 
 C. C. Greenway. 
 
 >me one of the same tribe, and is a speci- 
 
 men of their sarcastic style. 
 
 
 TJandunago ? 
 
 Who comes ? 
 
 three ghilliana, 
 
 large head of hair, 
 
 bunun mulliago, 
 
 arms crooked, 
 
 naighin bular. 
 
 like two cockle shells. 
 
 "RTai murrin ? 
 
 Is it one of my people ? 
 
 naia warrambria 
 
 on the road he is. 
 
 nirri go ma 
 
 
 toh dirraldia. 
 
 II. 
 This song was composed to ridicule the c 
 
 Smoke comes out. 
 
 onduct of those who frequent the public- 
 
 house. It shows how the Aborigines adopt English words, and give them their own 
 
 inflections. 
 
 
 Publikaor wirithea, ^ 
 
 Public-house screaming, 
 
 djeamillia mlr mir, 
 
 seizing hips, 
 
 nummildeago kamiweandi, 
 
 he appears, tripped up by a stick, 
 
 ^jKj-i> *& drungilla, tiunal a duni. '-■ 
 
 drunken, stricken with fists. * 
 
 III. 
 
 
 This song is called a Ugal, or dancing song, to be sung to the dancers on a warlike 
 
 or festive occasion. 
 
 
 Burran, burin, bilar bundl, 
 
 Shield of buree (wood), spear and club, 
 
 Murala berar karnl ! 
 
 Throwing stick of berar, bring ! 
 
 Wakara waroi tubilka bundln 
 
 The broad boomerang of Waroee, waist- 
 
 
 belts and pendants of boondin, 
 
 Tumbu ! yumbu ! gumil 
 
 Jump ! jump ! use your eyes, 
 
 "Warakel munan. 
 
 With the straight emu spear. 
 
 IV. 
 
 
 The following Ugal is'for a more peaceful 
 
 occasion. 
 
 Murri goriah, 
 
 Yeraman buraldi, \, 
 
 Blackfellow very fat, 
 
 Horses driving, 
 
 Wi wi kurral-ah, 
 
 Firewood sawing, 
 
 Millimbrai kakullah, 
 
 Milking cows crying out, 
 
 Kirawa ! 
 
 Looking for them. 
 
BAO-ILLI — SONGS. 149 
 
 V. 
 
 This baoilli (in the "Wolaroi dialect) is in derision of one belonging to another tribe. 
 His slightness is contemptuously described. 
 
 Mulla mulla gha ibbelean bull A spirit like an emu, as a whirlwind, 
 
 Bunnakunni bunnakunni, hastens, hastens, 
 
 Kirami gunman lays violent hold on travelling 
 
 Dhuddl gaia ! Uncle of mine ! 
 
 Inghil nunmalinni exhausts with fatigue, 
 
 Bunda "Wahnl. Then throws him down (helpless). 
 
 VI. 
 Some of their songs are called " ghiribal" (imitation of the notes or actions of animals). 
 This one represents the cry of the black musk duck, or diver (in Kamilaroi — berala.) 
 
 Ta gaia garinga. 
 
 (repeat ad libitum.) 
 
 Puanbu gl go 
 
 (repeat and transpose, ad lib.) 
 
 Mingo ahikarai 
 
 (repeat). 
 
 Ibbi-rl-bi ta-wagg-ah ! 
 
 Whoogh ! 
 
 (At this last word the cheeks are filled out with the breath, and a sudden explosion ends 
 
 the " song of the duck.") 
 
 VII. 
 The' following " ugal " was sung at various stages along the banks of the Barwan, in 
 1854, by a travelling band of Aborigines, under the guidance of their Dhurumi. The 
 song and the dramatic performance which accompanied it, were designed to disenchant 
 the places visited, — in other words, as I was told by one of the company, " to drive away 
 dead blackfellows." Most of the performers were marked with red and yellow clay. 
 One was decorated from head to foot. A troop waving boughs in the air, seemed to be 
 charging some invisible foe. And to the tramp of their feet, and the beating of sticks 
 and of hands, a band of women and girls sang all night long these words : — 
 
 " Turu dhari ne, yurii dhari ge, 
 Dula rag a burula, yuru dhari ne ! 
 (This is not one of the languages I am acquainted with. As far as I can judge it means 
 — Come and sing with me ; there are plenty ; come and sing.) 
 
 VIII. 
 
 The next ugal was apparently composed for the chase. 
 
 Diga diga burula, Plenty of wild dogs. 
 
 Murrinj, dibura. The blackfellows are spearing them. 
 
150 BAO-ILLI — SONGS. 
 
 IX. 
 
 The following bao-illi was new and fashionable on the Namoi, in 1871. 
 Bukkamulli mullimulli, The ghost was skinning him, 
 
 duburrjer wine. he doubled him up and let him fall. 
 
 They sing these short songs to simple and pleasant melodies. Sometimes they repeat 
 the first line six or eight times, sometimes the last ; and as they repeat they let their 
 voices fall to a lower key, and then some of them begin again at a high pitch. They 
 keep exact time, and make the different parts, from the lowest bass up to counter-tenor, 
 combine with perfect harmony. Sometimes the effect of such a chorus, by night, on 
 the banks of the river, was wonderfully impressive. To themselves the music appeared 
 to be most exhilarating. 
 
 X. 
 
 The following is a "Wailwun song of defiance, denouncing the black police, on their 
 first appearance at the Barwan. 
 
 Murago muginga dhi, Go on, blind, all of ye, 
 
 Guria baigo, Go on for ever, I hope ; 
 
 Dhini-ligo, Dhini-gandhu To Sydney, to Sydney, 
 
 Mini gurago. For ever, Good bye. 
 
 XI. 
 
 This is a hunting song, in the language of George's Kiver, shouting after the 
 wallaby, bandicoot, kangaroos, and pigeons. 
 
 Wolba, wolba, minya, munde. 
 
 An awe, yukole, biron, 
 
 Mule, mulle, wire, 
 
 Wungor ! wungor ! 
 
 Kolle miron 
 
 Ato mulle ! 
 
 XII. 
 
 A song sung at corrobarees at the junction of the Hunter and the Isis, and describing 
 
 the knocking down of some one upon the ground, and a word of sorrow for an afflicted 
 
 wife. 
 
 Murrabadai bunmilde, 
 
 TiJa dinga dingai, 
 
 Daon dimi woldina 
 
 Gulir bain de ne. 
 
HABITS AND MANNERS OF THE PEOPLE. 
 
 FOOD. 
 
 J^il£lO a European almost every part of the continent of Australia, as seen before the 
 work of civilisation has transformed it, bears an inhospitable aspect. To a sportsman 
 well provided with ammunition, indeed, many a river and lagoon, with its countless swarms 
 of teal and other water-fowl, and its unnumbered fish, offers a perpetual feast. But, 
 compared with other countries, Australia is singularly deficient in fruits, grain, and 
 edible roots. 
 
 The problem of sustaining life, which had to be solved by the Australian race, was, 
 therefore, the very opposite of that which was presented to the Polynesian tribes, for 
 whom the islands have brought forth abundantly yams, cocoa-nuts, and many nourishing 
 and delicious fruits. This people had to provide themselves sustenance in a country 
 where many Europeans have perished for want of food and water. And they have 
 managed to subsist, to multiply, and to spread over the whole continent, without any 
 supplies or help from abroad, without any knowledge of the use of tillage, or of the 
 materials under their feet awaiting the appliances of civilization to yield abundant 
 wealth. How have they lived ? 
 
 The staff of life in nearly all parts of Australia is the opossum, which abounds more 
 than any other mammal. The emu and the kangaroo furnish the most valued meat for the 
 men, and to women and children the use of these is allowed only to a limited extent. 
 Iguanas and native bears supply them with substantial meals. Snakes are eaten by them, 
 and they are very careful in the mode of killing them, to prevent the poisoning of the 
 flesh. Grubs, especially a white fat kind, about three inches long and nearly two inches 
 in diameter, are regarded as choice morsels. Eish constitute an important part of the 
 food of those who live near the sea or upon the rivers. The Darling and its tributaries 
 abound with fine fish. There are various kinds of vegetable food in use. The yam 
 of the country, about the Barwan, is a large root, in flavour and substance something 
 like a water-melon 7 and though very juicy it grows in dry sand-hills. There is a 
 clover-like plant, the beran, the roots of which (some three or four inches long and 
 half an inch in diameter) they grind between stones and make up into palatable and 
 nourishing cakes. The nardoo, found in central Australia, yields small seeds, which are 
 ground and made into cakes. This was the chief food of the Aborigines on Cooper's 
 
152 HABITS AND MANNERS OP THE PEOPLE. 
 
 Creek, who kept alive King, the survivor of the Burke and Wills expedition. There are 
 also several kinds of fruit, the waraba, the wild gooseberry, the wild cherry, &c. The 
 most productive fruit-tree in Australia is the bunyabunya. This is a large and very beauti- 
 ful species of pine, the cones of which grow to the length of eight inches, and are composed 
 of nuts resembling in form, size, and flavour the English chestnut. This tree is found only 
 in a comparatively small part of Queensland, where it grows in thick forests. 
 
 They have many exact rules as to the different species of animals that may be 
 eaten at different stages of life. 
 
 The most common implements by which the natives get their food are the boomerang, 
 various kinds of clubs, spears of different size and form adapted to the several uses to 
 which they are put, and fishing nets. All these display considerable ingenuity and 
 industry. The boomerang is unquestionably a marvellous invention for a people who 
 are reputed to be the least intelligent on the face of the earth. Its peculiar curve, 
 which gives it the property of returning from a distance of several hundred feet to the 
 hand of the thrower has furnished a very interesting problem to mathematicians, and has 
 suggested a modification of the steam-ship acrew propeller. 
 
INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 
 
 I.— THE BOEA. 
 
 J^OiHE great national institution of the Australian Aborigines is the Bora — by some 
 pronounced Boor-rah, — the rite of initiation into the duties and privileges of manhood. 
 The sacredness of this immemorial rite, and the indispensable obligation to submit to it 
 are most deeply impressed on the minds of the young Aborigines. Even when they 
 enter the service of the squatters or the settlers, and so in great measure break off from 
 association with their own people, they seem to be bound by an irresistible spell to sub- 
 mit, at the prescribed time, in spite of all that can be done to dissuade them, to their 
 national rite. 
 
 The Bora is held whenever there is a considerable number of youths of an age to be 
 admitted to the rank of manhood. Old Billy MurrI Bundar, at Burburgate, told me 
 that the Creator, " Baiame," long ago, commanded the people to keep the Bora, and gave 
 them the Dhurumbulum, or sacred wand, for this purpose. He said any one of the men 
 might demand that a Bora be held. Then they consult as to the place, and choose one 
 of their number to be the dictator or manager of the solemnity. This dictator sends a man 
 round to all the tribes who are expected to join in the ceremony. This herald bears in his 
 hand a boomerang and a spear with a murriira (padymelon) skin hanging upon it. Sometimes 
 all the men within twenty miles are summoned ; sometimes a much larger circuit is included. 
 And, as my venerable informant, Billy, told me, every one that is summoned must attend 
 the Bora, even if he have to travel a hundred miles to it. It is so done, he said, all over 
 the country, and always will be. The dictator chooses a suitable spot for the purpose, 
 and fixes the day for the opening of the ceremony. The ground is regarded as conse- 
 crated to Baiame, and his will is obeyed in carrying out the service. Notice is given 
 three weeks at least, sometimes three months before the ceremony begins. During the 
 interval the trees on the chosen ground are ornamented with figures of snakes and birds 
 cut with the tomahawk. 
 
 When the appointed time is come, the men leave their camps, where the women and 
 youths and children remain. The men assemble at the selected spot, clear away all 
 bushes, and make a semi-circular embankment, or fence. This being done, some of the 
 men go to the camps, pretending to make a hostile attack, on which the women run 
 away, with the children. The young men, and boys over thirteen, go back with the men 
 to the Bora. 
 
154 INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 
 
 Very few Europeans have been allowed to witness the proceedings at the Bora. 
 One who was permitted to be present, Mr. Thomas Honery, of the Upper Hunter, 
 described the whole process to me. In the year 1862, Mr. Honery, then a boy, was pre- 
 sent at a Bora, held between the Barwan and the Lower Castle reagh. There he found a 
 place cleared and surrounded with bushes, laid as a fence, like a sheepyard. "Within the 
 enclosure were three old men. About twelve youths were waiting to be " made men." 
 These youths had been seven or eight months under strict rule,- eating only certain pre- 
 scribed food, and partially secluded from social intercourse. When they came up to the 
 scene of the Bora, they lay down flat upon their faces, and were covered with a cloak. 
 Two of the old men then came outside, one remaining within. 
 
 Then the youths were called up, one at a time ; and each of them, when called, 
 leapt over the fence, and took up a piece of string with a bit of wood at the end, which 
 he whirled round with a whizzing sound, three times. He then jumped out and another 
 was called upon by the old men, and jumped in. "While one was within the enclosure 
 the others remained lying on the ground, covered with the cloak ; and as soon as one 
 came out he fell on his face, and was covered up again. This preliminary ceremony 
 ended, they were allowed to go about, but not to leave the neighbourhood, for a week. 
 The old men kept a strict watch over them, to prevent their going off, or eating any for- 
 biden food. At the end of the week they assembled again, and all the three old men 
 went inside the enclosure, and again called in the youths one by one. As each came in 
 one of the old men flogged him as hard as he could with a strip of bark two feet long and 
 six or eight inches wide. Then, with two stones, one used as a peg the other as a hammer, 
 they broke off and knocked out one of his front teeth, leaving the roots of the tooth in 
 his jaw. All this time the youth uttered not a sound. When it was over he went out 
 and was covered with the cloak as before, while another was called in. 
 
 During the next four days they were allowed to walk about within a short distance, 
 and to eat a very little bit of opossum, but nothing more. At the end of that time they 
 were again brought, one by one, into the enclosure. There they were compelled to eat 
 the most revolting food that it ever entered the mind of man to eat, or to offer to a 
 fellow creature, — such as the prophet Ezekiel heard, in a vision, a command to eat 
 (chapter 4, verse 12). The cruelty of this rule is somewhat tempered by mixing this 
 nauseous food with "tao," (the root of a plant called by the colonists "pigwood"). 
 Basins of bark are used for the mixture. 
 
 Mr. Honery is a man of unimpeached veracity, and his account was given with an 
 explicitness that leaves no room to doubt of the fact. But it is only fair to mention that 
 some of the Aborigines have vehemently protested that no such custom is practised in 
 their tribes. On the reliable authority of honest old Billy Murri Bundar TJumera Gunaga, 
 
INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 155 
 
 who gave the important information about the sacred wand, Dhurumbulum, the revolting 
 practice is unknown to his tribe. White men have stated that this custom was observed 
 in several parts. From all I have heard, I conclude that it is actually observed by some 
 tribes, but not by all. It is a mystery of wickedness and folly that such an unnatural 
 custom could be introduced, even among a savage people. It is still more mysterious that 
 the thought of such an act could be suggested in vision to the holy prophet Ezekiel. In 
 the Aborigines it seems to be one mode — the most degrading mode that ever entered 
 the mind of man — of carrying out the impulses of the spirit, common in all ages, which 
 animated the pagan stoic and the christian ascetic. By the flogging and the knocking out of 
 the tooth, the young men are taught to glory in suffering anguish, and to believe that it 
 is manly to endure pain without a cry or a groan. On the same principle it may be held 
 to be meritorious to inflict on themselves, without wincing, the utmost conceivable 
 violation of the sense of taste. The more repugnant the process they pass through, the 
 greater the virtue they exhibit, in their own estimation. 
 
 After the last ceremony the young men were allowed to go away. For three or four 
 months they were not allowed to come within three hundred yards of a woman. But 
 once in the course of that time a great smoke was made with burning boughs, and the 
 young men were brought up on one side of it, while women appeared, at a distance, on 
 the other side. Then the young men went away for another month, or so. At the end 
 of that time they assembled again and took part in a sham fight. This completed the 
 long process of initiation, From that time they were free to exercise all the privileges 
 of men, among which are the eating of the flesh of kangaroos and emus, and the taking 
 of wives. This long course of alternate fasting and suffering is a very severe ordeal. It 
 has often been observed that young men come out of it exhausted and sometimes half dead. 
 
 During the intervals between the ceremonies of the Bora, the candidates are care- 
 fully instructed by the old men in their traditions, in the very exact laws of consanguinity 
 and marriage, hereafter set forth, in the rules concerning the use of particular kinds of 
 food, and other things. They are truly a law-abiding people. Probably no community in 
 Christendom observes the laws deemed most sacred so exactly as the Australian tribes 
 observe their traditional rules. That kind and measure of moral purity which their un- 
 written law enjoins is maintained with the utmost vigilance. A breach of morality, in 
 regard to the relation between the sexes, exposes the offender to the risk of death. He 
 must stand as a mark for the spears of his tribe, which in many cases have cut short the 
 life of the culprit. 
 
 The ceremonial of the Bora is the great educational system by which this exact 
 observance of the laws is inculcated. 
 
156 INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 
 
 The name " Bora" is derived from the " bor" or " boorr," the belt of manhood is 
 there conferred upon the candidate. This "bor" is supposed to be endowed with 
 magical power, so that by throwing it at an enemy sickness can be injected. 
 
 According to some, Baia-me is supposed to be present at the Bora, and is personated 
 by one of the old men ; others say it is Turramulan, the agent of Baia-me, or mediator, 
 who appears. As above mentioned, in some of the tribes a sacred wand, "Dhurumbulum," 
 given them by Baiame is exhibited, and the sight of this wand as waved by the old men 
 in sight of the candidates imparts manly qualities. Before I heard of this wand, a black- 
 fellow from Twofold Bay, near the south-east corner of this Colony, at a distance of full 
 600 miles from the Namoi, told me that in his country " Dhurumbulum" was the name 
 of the Creator of all things. 
 
 Near the junction of the Hunter and the Isis, a few miles from Aberdeen, is the 
 consecrated spot where, for generations, the blacks have held their Bora. To this spot I 
 was taken by Mr. M'Donald, a squatter residing in the neighbourhood. It is a pleasant 
 well-wooded glen at the foot of a high hill. On the ground is the horizontal figure of a 
 man, roughly modelled by laying down sticks and covering them with earth so as to 
 raise it from four to seven inches above the grouud. The arms and legs of the figure are 
 stretched out as in the attitude assumed by a blackfellow in dancing, the hands being 
 about on a level with the ears. The figure is 22 feet long and 12 feet wide from 
 hand to hand. The body is 4 feet wide, and if the knees were straightened it would be 
 25 feet from head to foot. Hough as the work is, there can be no mistake about it ; 
 and though, of course, no features are distinguishable, the attitude has a lifelike expression 
 to those who have seen an Aboriginal dance. Around this spot are 100 or 120 trees 
 marked with the tomahawk in various regular patterns, some with concentric curves, 
 some with simple angles. In some the marks reached as high as 15 feet from the ground 
 Near the head of the human figure is a tree naturally bent, as is not uncommon in this 
 country, into an almost horizontal position ; and along this tree the blacks have cut 
 marks like the footprints of an emu. 
 
 "While the young men are awaiting the ceremony, they are made to lie flat on the 
 ground just in the posture of the figure above described. Then a stuffed emu is carried 
 along the bending tree over the footprints, as if it were walking on them, and on coming 
 down to the ground walks round the scene by a path of 150 yards. The candidates are 
 made to pass through an ordeal of pain. But there is no knocking out of a tooth ; nor 
 is the revolting practice mentioned by Mr. Honery practised here. The account the 
 blacks give of this ordeal is that their god comes down through the trees with a great 
 noise, and tosses each of the candidates up in the air, to see if he is good for anything ; 
 and if they are bad he tears them to pieces. They say this deity is very good and very 
 powerful. He can pull up trees by the roots and remove mountains. 
 
INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 157 
 
 II.— MAERIAGE. 
 
 The law of selection in marriage is set forth in a subsequent chapter ; but here, as a 
 sequel to the Bora, it seems proper to mention the manner in which the privilege of 
 taking a wife, conferred at that ceremony, is exercised. In some parts of Queensland an 
 old man takes charge of the damsels in a tree, and as the candidates for matrimony come 
 up he presents each of them with a bride. On the Hunter, when a man seeks a wife he 
 goes to a camp where men and women are sitting together round a fire, and throws in a 
 boomerang. If one of the men throws back a boomerang at him he has to fight for the 
 privilege sought ; but if no one challenges him, he quietly steps in and takes one of the 
 young women for his wife. „ 
 
 In some tribes it is a custom, as soon as a girl is born, for her father or mother to 
 betroth her to some man. Among the Wailwun it is common for old men to get young 
 girls for wives, and for old women to become the wives of young men. There is no law 
 restricting a man to one wife. It oftens happens that those who are strong enough to 
 insist on having their own way have three and sometimes four wives — some have none at 
 all. But in whatever manner a man becomes possessed of a wife, or whatever the 
 number he can secure, he must take only those who, according to the laws of genealogy 
 and marriage, are eligible for him. 
 
 III.— SECLUSION OF WOMEN. 
 
 It might be supposed that a people who do not wear any clothes must be utterly 
 devoid of modesty ; but in their own way, within the limits of traditional rule, the 
 Aborigines are very strict in the observance of the dictates of natural modesty. Their 
 rules as to the seclusion of women correspond remarkably with the law of Moses in 
 Leviticus (12th and 15th chapters) ; but the seclusion observed by the Australian women 
 is even more strict and prolonged than that which is commanded in Leviticus. On the 
 approach of childbirth the expectant mother is given into the charge of two elderly 
 women, who take her to a sheltered spot, attend to her wants, and watch over her for 
 many days, until she returns with her child to the camp. During the other period, 
 referred to in Leviticus 15th, a woman must not be seen by a man — must not touch any- 
 thing whatever that is used by the other natives, nor even walk upon a path frequented 
 by them. 
 
 A more singular rule in force among them is this — that a woman must not speak 
 with or look upon the husband of her daughter. This rule is rigidly observed. If a man 
 meets his mother-in-law by any chance, they instantly turn round, back to back, and 
 remain at a distance. If one of them has a desire to communicate any message to the 
 other it is done through a third party. They appear to think it would be indelicate in 
 
158 INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 
 
 the extreme for a rnother-in-law and son-in-law to speak together. So far does this 
 notion prevail, that even when an infant is betrothed, by the promise of her parents, the 
 man to whom she is betrothed, from that hour, strictly avoids the sight of his future 
 mother-in-law. 
 
 I V.— CIRCUMCISION. 
 
 Another part of the Mosaic Law — circumcision — is observed by some of the tribes. 
 Dr. Leichhardt and other travellers have recorded this fact. The practice, however, is 
 not in vogue over the whole of Australia. It is, as far as my information goes, in some 
 of the northern parts only that it has been observed. 
 
 V.— MEDICINE AND SORCERY. 
 
 The medical properties of various herbs are known to the blacks. One common 
 medicine is "boiyoi" (pennyroyal), a tonic. The people are strongly endowed with the 
 self-restoring force, and recover from the ghastly wounds often inflicted in their fights with 
 wonderful rapidity. Their usual surgical treatment of a wound is to rub earth into it. 
 
 But the chief business of the medicine-man (krodgee or kuradyi) is to disenchant 
 the afflicted. All kinds of pain and disease are ascribed to the magic of enemies ; and 
 the usual way in which that magic is supposed to be exercised is by injecting stones into 
 the body of the sufferer. Accordingly the kuradyi is provided with a number of stones, 
 secreted in his belt ; and on visiting a patient sucks the part where the pain is felt until he 
 has convinced the sufferer that the cure is in a fair way of being effected, and then 
 produces stones, which he declares that he has extracted from the seat of pain. The 
 kuradyis exercise a strong spell over the minds of their people, and are believed to have 
 power to inflict plagues as well as to cure patients. 
 
 VI.— PROPERTY. 
 
 In regard to individual property, they appear to have no other law than that one 
 should use for his own sustenance and enjoyment what he has in his own hands. Between 
 the members of the same camp or tribe something like communism prevails. At all 
 events, presents given to one of a tribe are speedily divided as far as possible among the 
 rest ; but on tribal territorial property their rules are exact. Each tribe has its " taorai" 
 or district marked off with minute accuracy, by watercourses, rocks, trees, and other 
 natural land-marks ; and one cannot go upon the territory of another tribe without risk 
 of losing his life. In some cases when individual blackfellows have gone in the company 
 of white men into the " toarai" of another tribe, they have been waylaid and speared for 
 the intrusion. 
 
INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 159 
 
 But this jealous maintenance of tribal property has sometimes yielded to the con- 
 siderations of a wider policy. For instance, the tribe whioh occupies the bunya-bunya 
 district in Queensland have a law by which they admit other tribes to enter their territory 
 in peace, at the time when the fruit ripens — once in three or four years. Whether the 
 neighbouring tribes originally acquired this right by war, or whether it was conceded of 
 good will, does not appear ; but certainly the law exists. "When, however, the other 
 tribes enter the district they are not allowed to take anything but the bunya-bunya fruit. 
 The opossums and other common sources of food supply they must not touch. Their 
 visit lasts six weeks or more. And so strong is the hold which this traditional rule has 
 upon their minds, that when urged by an intense craving for animal food, rather than 
 transgress the law by killing an opossum, they have been known (it is said) to kill one of 
 their own boys or girls, and devour the flesh. 
 
 VII.— LEX TALIONIS. 
 
 The Australian Aborigines carry out the principle of retaliation, not only as a 
 dictate of passion, but as an ancient and fixed law. The relatives of a slain man are 
 bound to avenge his death by killing some one of the tribe to which the slayer belongs. 
 In some parts of the country a belief prevails that death, through disease, is, in many, 
 if not in all cases, the result of an enemy's malice. It is a common saying, when illness 
 or death comes, that some one has thrown his belt (boor) at the victim. There are 
 various modes of fixing upon the murderer. One is to let an insect fly from the body 
 of the deceased and see towards whom it goes. The person thus singled out is doomed. 
 
 VIII.— BUKIAL AND MOUNKINQ EOE. THE DEAD. 
 
 In all parts of the country the Aborigines show a great regard for their dead. They 
 diifer much in the mode of so doing. Some bury the dead in the earth, and raise a 
 circular mound over the grave. And of those who do this, some dig the grave so deep 
 as to place the deceased in a standing position ; others place them sitting, and with the 
 head higher than the surface of the ground but covered with a heap. They carefully 
 preserve the graves, guarding them with boughs against wild animals. There are some- 
 times as many as a hundred graves in one of their cemeteries ; and they present a sight 
 that cannot fail to convince a stranger that the resting-places of the departed are sacred 
 in the eyes of their friends and descendants. Sir Thomas Mitchell has given a sketch of 
 the graves of two chiefs, on the top of a hill. It seems as if they had been buried with 
 a hope of resurrection, that on rising from the dead they might at once survey the terri- 
 tory over which they had ruled. 
 
160 INSTITUTIONS AND LAWS. 
 
 Among the "Wailwun people a chief, or person regarded with unusual respect, is 
 buried in a hollow tree. They first enclose the body in a wrapper, or coffin, of bark. 
 The size of this coffin is an indication of the honor due to the deceased. Mr. E. J. 
 Sparke, of Grinji, saw one chief buried in a coffin 13 feet long. 
 
 As they drop the body thus enclosed into the hollow tree, the bearers and those who 
 stand round them, join in aloud " whirr," like the rushing upwards of a wind. This, 
 they say, represents the upward flight of the soul (" tohi") to the sky. 
 
 In other places they deposit the dead body on the forks of a tree, and sometimes 
 they light a fire under it, and sit down, so as to catch the droppings of the fat, hoping 
 thus to obtain the courage and strength for which the dead man was distinguished. In 
 some parts they eat the heart and liver of the dead for the same purpose. This is, in 
 their view, no dishonor to the dead. And they do not eat enemies slain in battle. 
 When the flesh is gone, they take down the bones from the trees and carry them about 
 in baskets. 
 
 Affection sometimes induces them to carry about the bones in this manner for a 
 long time. It is no uncommon thing for a woman to carry the body or bones of her 
 child for years. 
 
 "When a death occurs they make great wailing. All night long I have heard their 
 bitter lamentations. In some cases the wailing is renewed year after year ; and in spite 
 of the cruelty of some of their practices, none who have heard their lamentations and 
 seen their tears can doubt the sincerity of their grief. The fashion of their mourning 
 is to plaster their heads and faces with white clay, and then to cut themselves with axes. 
 I have seen a party of mourning women sitting on the ground, thus plastered over ; and 
 blood running from gashes in their heads, over the clay, down to their shoulders. 
 
LAWS OF MARRIAGE AND DESCENT. 
 
 ■ 7t3®2@QQQG®= 
 
 J/H.LL Kamilaroi blacks, and many other tribes, as far at least as Wide Bay in Queens- 
 land and tbe Maranoa, are from their birth divided into four classes, distinguished in 
 Kamilaroi by the following names. In some families all the children are " ippai" and 
 "ippatha"; in others they are " murri" (not "mum," the general name for Australian 
 Aborigines) and "matha"; in others " kubbi" and " kubbotha"; and in a fourth class of 
 families "kumbo" and "biitha." The families take rank in this order : — Murri, Kumbo, 
 Ippai, Kubbi. Besides this division into four classes, there is another division, founded 
 on the names of animals, as bundar (kangaroo), dinoun (emu), dull (iguana), nurai 
 (black snake), mute (opossum), murriira (padymelon), bilba (bandicoot). 
 
 In the four classes there are on the Namoi ten divisions. They are — I (1), Murri 
 and Matha Duli, (2) M. and M. murriira; II (3), Kumbo and Biitha Dinoun, (4) K. 
 and B. Nurai ; III (5), Ippai and Ippatha Dinoun, (6) I. and I. Nurai, (7) I. and I. 
 Bilba ; IV (8) Kubbi and Kubbotha Mute, (9) K. and K. Murriira, (10) K. and K. Duli. 
 (In some parts there are additional subdivisions.) Ten rules of marriage are established 
 in relation to these divisions : — 
 
 I. Murri Duli may marry Matha Murriira, and any Butha. 
 II. Murri Murriira may marry Matha Duli, and any Butha. 
 
 III. Kumbo Dinoun may marry Butha Nurai, and any Matha. 
 
 IV. Kumbo Nurai may marry Butha Dinoun, and any Matha. 
 
 V. Ippai Dinoun may marry Ippatha Nurai, Kubbotha Duli, and Kubbotha 
 Murriira. 
 VI. Ippai Nurai may marry Ippatha Dinoun and Kubbotha Mute. 
 VII. Ippai Bilba may marry Ippatha Nurai and Kubbotha Murriira. 
 VIII. Kubbi Mute may marry Kubbotha Duli and Ippatha Dinoun. 
 IX. Kubbi Murriira may marry Kubbotha Mute and Ippatha Nurai. 
 X. Kubbi Duli may marry Kubbotha Murriira and Ippatha Bilba. 
 The rules of descent are these : — 
 
 I. The second name, or the totem, of the sons and daughters is always the same 
 as their mother's. 
 II. The children of a Matha are Kubbi and Kubbotha. 
 
 III. The children of a Butha are Ippai and Ippatha. 
 
 IV. The children of an Ippatha are Kumbo and Butha. 
 V. The children of a Kubbotha are Murri and Matha. 
 
 Thus the mother's names, not the father's, determine the names of the child in every case. 
 
162 LAWS OF MARRIAGE AND DESCENT. 
 
 The children in no case take the first names of their parents, yet their names are 
 determined invariably by the names of their parents. 
 
 The effects of these rules, in passing every family through each of the four classes 
 in as many generations, and in preventing the intermarriage of near relations, will appear 
 on inspection of this pedigree : — 
 
 1st gen. : Kubbi marries Ippatha. 
 
 (their children are all) 
 
 2nd gen. : Kumbo and Butha 
 
 Kumbo marries Matha Butha is married to Murri 
 
 (their children are) (their children are) 
 
 3rd gen. : Kubbi Kubbotha Ippai Ippatha 
 
 marries Ippatha married to Ippai marries Kubbotha married to Kubbi 
 
 Mhgen.: Kumbo Butha Murri Matha Murri Matha Kumbo Butha 
 
 If ippai in the third generation chose to marry ippatha, of a different totem, instead 
 of kubbotha, three families out of the four descended from the first kubbi in the fourth 
 generation would be kumbo and buta ; but if, as above, ippai marries kubbotha, then the 
 third generation being equally divided between two classes, the children of the fourth 
 generation are equally divided between the other two. 
 
 The principles of equality and caste are combined in a most singular manner. "With 
 regard to intermarriage, the effect of the above rules is to prevent marriage with either 
 a sister, a half-sister, an aunt, a niece, or a first cousin related both by the father's and 
 the mother's side. 
 
 The foregoing names, with the classification and law founded upon them, extend far 
 beyond the Kamilaroi tribes. In the Balonne River District there are four divisions 
 of Kubbi, namely K. muriira, K. mute, K. duli, and K. giilu (bandicoot) ; the Kumbo are 
 K. dinoun and K. burrowun (a kind of kangaroo) ; the Murri are M. mute and M. 
 maieri (padymelon) ; and the Ippai are I, bundar and I. nurai. Among the Wailwun 
 there are four divisions of Murri, — M. murrira, M. mute, M. guru, and M. duli ; three 
 of Kumbo, — K. dinoun, K. nurai, and K. bundar ; three of Ippai, — I. dinoun, I. nurai, 
 and I. bundar ; four of Kubbi, — K. murrira, K. mute, K. guru, and K. duli. Others 
 among the Wailwun tribes have sixteen subdivisions, four iu each class, with the totems 
 (the same for each of the four classes), muriiwi (kangaroo), rjuri (emu), tdhuru (brown 
 snake), and kuraki (opossum). 
 
LAWS OF MARRIAGE AND DESCENT. 163 
 
 And even where the names " ippai," &c, are unknown, the same system prevails. 
 Over a large portion of Queensland, between Moreton Bay and Wide Bay, the following 
 names are used for a similar purpose : — barag and baraggun ; bundar and bundarun ; 
 bandur and bandurun ; derwain and derwaiggun ; the name in -gun or -un, being in each 
 case the feminine of the foregoing. Many, if not all, of the Aborigines have other names 
 in addition to those they take by descent. Thus, on the Barwan, one " Ippai nurai" is 
 called also " Kurai bruddhin muniye " (duck's feather). An " Ippatha dinoun" is called 
 " yaddai yunderi" (opossum cloak). A Wiraiarai man is surnamed " tarratalu" (speared 
 in the shoulder) ; his son is " Tippummele" (an eagle looking all round) ; another is 
 " Thugerwun" (a turtle). They give names to Englishmen who become known to them. 
 Thus they call one gentleman " Dungumbir" (the rain-maker) ; another " Wolumbiddi" 
 (large head); another "Tarunderai" (great legs and arms). .Billy, Mr. Dangar's shep- 
 herd, is " Kumbo dinoun," with the surname " Bunberuge," meaning broke his leg by a 
 fall from his horse. Among the "Wailwun tribes one Kubbi tdhuru is also called 
 " Kuakumboan," another is "Ttfulurnan" (bald), from the bald hill where he was born. 
 An Ippai tdhuru is " Dhlnawurai " (crooked foot). A King, a MurrI, is also called 
 " Dinabukul." A woman — Butha tdhuru — is " Mugumilla " (blind) ; another is called 
 " Winaliwurai " (lame) ; another is " Wullubungubia " (grey-headed). 
 
 Among the Kogai blacks to the westward of the Balonne Eiver, the names are — 
 Instead of ippai and ippata — urgilla and urgillagun. 
 Instead of murri and mata — wuggo and wuggogun. 
 Instead of kubbi and kubbotha — obur and oburugun. 
 Instead of kumbo and buta — unburri and unburrigun. 
 
 There are five names in use among the men about "Wide Bay, viz., bundar, derwain, 
 balkoi'n, tandor, barag. 
 
 At Moreton Bay, the wife (not the sister) of a " derwain" is " derwaingun ;" the 
 son of a " bandur" is " derwain " ; the son of a " barag" also is " derwain." Sometimes 
 the son of a "derwain" is "bundar." Sometimes the son of a "derwain" is called 
 " barag." Brothers bear the same name. 
 
 Among the Pikumbul tribe, on the Macintyre, " Tuluma " (black kangaroo) is a 
 totem. Henry Bose, for twenty-two years a faithful servant of Mr. Christian, on the 
 Mooki, is Ippai yuluma ; his father and mother were MurrI and Kubbotha yuluma. 
 
 On the Narran the divisions are— I. (1) Murri and Matha duli, (2) M. and 
 M. mute, (3) M. and M. maieri ; II. (4) Kumbo and Butha bundar, (5) K. and B. 
 nurai, (6) K. and B. kugugalu (bandicoot) ; III. (7) Ippai and Ippatha bundar, (8) 
 I. and I. nurai ; IV. (9) Kubbi and Kubbotha duli, (10) K. and K. maieri. 
 
164 LAWS OF MARRIAGE AND DESCENT. 
 
 The relative position of brothers and of sisters is marked by a singular nomenclature. 
 There is no word in Kamilaroi meaning simply " brother," but one for " elder brother," 
 another for "younger brother." Daiadi is elder brother ; gullami is younger brother. Of 
 six brothers the eldest has five gullami and no daiadi ; the youngest has five daiadi and 
 no gullami ; the fourth has three daiadi and two gullami. Of eight sisters the eldest 
 (who is boadi to all the rest) has seven burl and no boadi ; the youngest has seven boadi 
 and no burl ; the third has two boadi and five buri. 
 
 The Rev. Lorimer Fison, Missionary of the Wesleyan Church in Fiji, on seeing 
 these rules of marriage, descent, and relationship, said they contained the principles of 
 the "Tamil," a system which prevails among the Tamil tribes of India, among the 
 Fijians, and among the North American Indians. 
 
 Subjoined are the eight characteristics of " Tamil," compared severally with illustra- 
 tions of the Australian system. 
 
 I. In Tamil, A being a male, his brother's children are considered as his own children, 
 his sister's children are his nephews and nieces ; his sister's grandchildren, as well 
 as his brothers, are considered as his grandchildren. So in the above system, Kumbo 
 Nurai's brother is also Kumbo nurai. They marry women of the same name. Each 
 marries a Matha ; each Matha's children are Kubbi and Kubbotha ; so that each man's 
 brother's sons and daughters have the same names as his own sons and daughters. But 
 Kumbo's sisters are Butha, and their children are Ippai and Ippatha. And, as seen in 
 the genealogy, the grandchildren of Kumbo and Butha, brothers and sisters, have the 
 same names. 
 
 II. In Tamil, A being a female, her sister's children are her sons and daughters. 
 Her brother's children are her nephews and nieces. Her brother's grandchildren, as 
 well as her sister's grandchildren, are her grandchildren. Taking Butha nurai, instead 
 of Kumbo nurai, in the above rule I, it will be seen that her sister's children have the 
 same names as her own, while her brother's children have different names, and the same 
 names return in the grandchildren. 
 
 III. All A's father's brothers are A's fathers. All A's mother's sisters are A's 
 mothers. So Kumbo's father's brothers are, like his father, Kubbi ; and Kumbo's 
 mother's sisters, like his mother herself, are all Ippatha. 
 
 IV. All A's father's sisters are A's aunts, and A's mother's brothers are his uncles. 
 So Kumbo's father's sisters are Kubbotha, while his mother is Ippatha. His mother's 
 brothers are Ippai, his father is Kubbi. 
 
V. The children of A's father's brothers, and of his mother's sisters, are A's 
 brothers and sisters. The children of A's father's sisters, and of his mother's brothers, 
 are his cousins. So in the Australian system, the children of two or more brothers have 
 the same names ; and the children of two or more sisters have the same names ; but the 
 children of a brother and a sister must have different names. Thus the children of 
 several Ippais are all Murri and Matha ; the children of several Ippathas are all Kumbo 
 and Butha. But the children of an Ippai have not the same names as the children of 
 his sister Ippatha. 
 
 VI. A being a male, the children of his male cousins are his nephews and nieces, 
 the children of his female cousins are his sons and daughters. This rule and the Aus- 
 tralian rule coincide at some points. Thus, in the pedigree given above, Ippai and 
 Ippatha are the cousins of Kubbi. Ippai's children have different names to those of 
 Kubbi ; and Ippatha's children, like her cousin Kubbi' s, are all Kumbo and Butha. 
 
 VII. All brothers of A's grandfathers and grandmothers, are his grandmothers. All 
 sisters of his grandfather and grandmothers are his grandmothers. So Kumbo's grand- 
 father by the father's side is Kumbo, and all brothers of that grandfather are Kumbo. 
 Kumbo's maternal grandfather is Murri, so are that grandfather's brothers. Kumbo's 
 paternal grandmother and her sisters are all Matha ; his maternal grandmother and her 
 sisters are all Butha. 
 
 VIII. In Tamil the elder brother is distinguished from all the rest by the title 
 " brother." The Australian rule as to the use of the terms " daiadi " and " gullami " 
 for brothers, and of " boadi " and " buri " for sisters, is more complex, but indicates some 
 similarity of thought as to the distinction. 
 
 In reference to the above remarkable system of classification, marriage, descent, and 
 relationship, I have been careful to test the accuracy of the rules, by obtaining inde- 
 pendent statements from many Aborigines and half-castes, and comparing them together. 
 Thus I am now able, with unhesitating certainty, to state that the system is as above 
 described ; and, while there are local variations in names and divisions, the rules are sub- 
 stantially the same all over the north-western parts of this Colony, and in a large por- 
 tion of Queensland. And in the absence of any architectural monuments of antiquity 
 among the Australian race, this all-comprehensive social classification and conservative 
 marriage law may be regarded as constituting a memorial of the most significant 
 character. 
 
RANDOM ILLUSTRATIONS OF ABORIGINAL LIFE AND CHARACTER. 
 
 JB{OR the most part, the blackfellows who have not come under the pernicious influence 
 of the lazy and drunken habits which generally prevail over those that live near the 
 towns are well formed and agile. On the Barwan I have seen some of the race of Murri 
 over 6 feet high. As a rule, the stnallness of the calf of the leg, especially when con- 
 trasted with a fine muscular development about the shoulders, detracts from their 
 appearance ; but some are really splendid models of symmetry and strength. The aspect 
 of a troop of them on the march, armed, and coloured with red and yellow ochre, recalls 
 the designation of the "noble savage." The portrait which forms the frontispiece to this 
 work is a true picture of the aboriginal man of Australia. Some more intellectual and 
 prepossessing countenances are to be found among them. But this man is an average 
 specimen of thousands, without a touch of European culture or a scrap of adornment ; 
 but with muscular frames, and faces expressive both of energy and of some measure of 
 thought. 
 
 There is a great variety in their countenances ; some remind one of the Hindoo 
 physiognomy ; some are like the African negro ; and it is no uncommon thing to find 
 among the blackfellows at a station some bearing the names " Paddy" and " Sandy," 
 given them in consequence of the characteristics of Irishmen and Scotchmen having been 
 traced or fancied in their countenances. At Durundurun, near the Glass-house 
 Mountains, Moreton Bay, I found a family with decidedly Hebrew physiognomy. It is 
 a curious coincideuce that these men call their race by the name " Dan." At the Bora 
 Station, belonging to Mr. Orr, between the Namoi and the Castlereagh, a blackfellow 
 came up, among others, whom I at once declared to be a good representative of the Jack 
 Tars of OlcUEngland. There was certainly as much of the thorough English expression 
 in his frank and daring countenance as of the Irish and Scotch expression in others. 
 And Mr. Orr told me of a feat done by this blackfellow worthy of a British seaman. He 
 was in the service of two white men at a solitary hut, when a band of hostile natives 
 came up to kill them. This brave fellow stood in the doorway, and declared that they 
 should never kill the white men till they had first killed him ; and his firmness defeated 
 their attempt. 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS OF ABORIGINAL LIFE AND CHARACTER. 167 
 
 There is a blackfellow on the Narran called among the whites " Peter," of whose 
 power over his tribe the following example was told me, in 1871, by a squatter on 
 the Barwan. A few weeks before my visit to Bundarbarina, two young men of the 
 Narran Biver were condemned to death by the tribe for a violation of the marriage 
 law, in taking women whose names marked them as not open to the choice of these 
 men. The women who shared their crime were condemned to die also. But the two 
 young men were in the service of squatters ; and, as Peter wished to commend 
 himself to the confidence and patronage of the white people, he resolved to save them. 
 He therefore stood forward with his shield to meet the spears thrown at them by a 
 number of the men of the tribe. The two women aided him in his defence ; but the 
 young men left him in the midst of the danger. Such were the skill and prowess of 
 Peter that he came out unscathed. He warned the two cowards that if ever they 
 offended again he would leave them to their fate. 
 
 Some time ago a blackfellow died on the Barwan, below Bourke ; he was buried for 
 two days. Then Tommy- Tommy and other blacks dug up the body, and skinned it. 
 King Rory, who told me about it, though an old man, declared that he never heard of 
 any other man being thus treated ; he thought it was infamous. The wicked Tommy- 
 Tommy keeps a bone of the dead man, and believes that he can kill any one by throwing 
 this bone towards him. 
 
 A few years ago Bory being desirous to go with Mr. Sparke to the Races, was told 
 that they could not go if it continued to rain ; it was then raining heavily, with no 
 prospect of fine weather. Bory cut bark here and there, and threw it on the ground, 
 calling "pu-a! pu-a!" according to a custom he had learnt of his father. The rain 
 ceased in time for him to go to the Eaces ; and he told me that the blackfellows up in the 
 Worrumbul (Milky Way) had stopped the rain for him. 
 
 Bory was a young man, living on a plain 50 miles from the Barwan, when he first 
 saw white men ; he thought they were wunda (ghosts) ; he ran away when he first saw 
 a horse. After that a white man came and lived a long time among the blacks ; Bory 
 made fishing-nets for him. This white man had very long hair and beard ; he returned 
 up the Namoi for Sydney. 
 
 Henry Bose, by birth Ippai Tuluma, the son of MurrI and Kubbotha Yuluma, of 
 the Pikumbul tribe, on the Macintyre Biver (in Queensland, near the border of this 
 Colony), has been twenty -five years in the service of Mr. Christian, on Liverpool Plains, 
 and a good trustworthy servant he has proved himself. This man told me that, when he 
 was a very little boy, some of his tribe having committed robbery, the black police were 
 
168 ILLUSTRATIONS OF ABORIGINAL LIFE AND CHARACTER. 
 
 sent to " disperse" them. Poor little Ippai hid himself in the prickly scrub ; and from 
 his hiding-place saw the black police cut off with their swords the heads of men and 
 women ; he did not then know what the swords were, having never seen anything like 
 them ; he also saw these policemen take up little children by their feet and dash their 
 brains out against the trees. That is the way British authority has been enforced in 
 many cases by the black police — a force armed for the maintenance of the peace. 
 
 As an instance of the way in which power is sometimes transferred among the tribes, 
 Mr. Honery related the following incident : — A king or chief on the Barwan having sent 
 his wife away for a time, when she came back with a baby he said it was not his, and 
 beat her ; he then killed the baby by driving a tomahawk into its head. The woman's 
 brother coming up, and seeing what was done, speared the chief and killed him. Then 
 the tribe, finding their chief killed, attacked the slayer ; but on his telling what had 
 taken place, some took part with him. In a fight, he and his partisans overpowered the 
 avengers of the late chief; and having thus shown his superior prowess, he was recog- 
 nised by the tribe as their king. He was well known to the colonists as " Wyaburra 
 Jackey." 
 
 The people about the junction of the Hunter and the Iris give this account of the 
 origin of Rivers : — Some blackfellows were travelling in search of water, and were very 
 thirsty. One of them, with a tomahawk, cut a tree, in which there was a gulagur 
 (opossum's hole), and a stream flowed out which became a river. 
 
 The same people tell of a chief who sent some of his men to strip bark. They came 
 back and told him they could not get any. These men had broken the laws, and for their 
 sin a terrible storm came down upon them. The chief then took a tomahawk and stripped 
 off a sheet of bark ; he told his men to get under it. They said it was not large enough. 
 Then he stretched it, and made it longer and broader. A t last they all consented to go 
 under it ; he threw it down and killed them all. 
 
 The following vision of an aboriginal woman of the Wodi-wodi tribe was related to 
 me by her niece, Mrs. Malone (half-caste) : — Mary Ann (by that name the aboriginal 
 woman was known to the colonists) fell into a trance and remained for three days 
 motionless. At the end of that time Mrs. Malone's uncle let off a gun which awoke her 
 out of the trance. She then told her friends that she had seen a long path, with fire on 
 both sides of it. At the end of this path stood her father and mother, waiting for her. 
 As she went on they said to her " Mary Ann, what brought you here ? " She said " I 
 don't know ; I was dead." Her mother, whom she saw quite plain, said "You go back." 
 And she woke. 
 
ILLUSTRATIONS OP ABORIGINAL LIFE AND CHARACTER. 169 
 
 When I first went down the jSTamoi, in 1853, I saw there an old blackfellow named 
 Charley, of whom the early settlers told this narrative : — On the first occupation of that 
 part of the country by squatters, Charley was the leader of a set of blackfellows who 
 greatly annoyed them by spearing cattle. Many attempts were made to cut short 
 Charley's career with a bullet ; but he was too active to be overtaken, and too nimble to 
 be made a target of. One day a stockman pursued him a long way with a pistol, but 
 could not get a successful shot at him. Shortly afterwards the same stockman was 
 travelling unarmed through the bush when his horse was knocked up, and he had to 
 dismount and try to drag the weary brute after him. "While he was in this plight a 
 number of blackfellows suddenly sprang out of the bushes and surrounded him. At their 
 head was Charley. The stockman thought he was now to die ; but instead of spearing 
 him, Charley addressed him in this manner : "You 'member blackfellow, you chase'm with 
 pistol, you try shoot him. I that blackfellow, Charley ! Now me say I kill you ; then 
 me say bel (not) I kill you; bel blackfellow any more coola (anger) 'gainst whitefellow ; 
 bel whitefellow any more coola 'gainst blackfellow ! You give me 'bacca." So he made 
 friends with the white men ; and from that time was a useful neighbour and often servant 
 to them — protecting their cattle and minding their sheep. Like many a blackfellow who 
 was at first an enemy and afterwards a steady friend, Charley made the settlers know 
 that his word could be relied on. 
 
 One common characteristic of the Aborigines of Australia, which ought not to be 
 unnoticed, is their tender care for the blind, and especially for the aged blind. Dr. 
 Creed (now of Scone) and other travellers on the northern coast of Australia have 
 related instances of the care taken of the blind. They say that these afflicted people 
 were the fattest of the company, being supplied with the best of everything. I also saw 
 an old blind Murri, on the Balonne, who was treated with great attention by his tribe. 
 He held a spear in his hand, and when he wanted guidance stretched it out for some one 
 to take. Seeing him signalling for a guide I took the end of the spear for him ; and all 
 his friends joined in an approving laugh as the old man said to me "murruba inda" 
 (good are you). 
 
 Many reminiscences of a higher kind might be produced from the several Mission 
 Stations. When the present Bishop of Brisbane, Dr. Hale, then Bishop of Perth, in 
 Western Australia, was coming to attend the General Conference, and to assist in 
 forming the General Synod for the Church of England in Australia and Tasmania, he 
 visited the Mission which he had established more than twenty years ago at Poonindie, 
 Port Lincoln, and gave public and solemn expression to his confidence in the christian 
 character of twenty-nine Aborigines there by administering to them the Communion of 
 the Lord's Supper. The aboriginal congregation testified their gratitude to the Bishop, 
 as the Founder of the Mission, by presenting to him a service of plate, which had cost 
 them over £13. 
 
170 ILLUSTRATIONS OF ABORIGINAL LIFE AND CHARACTER. 
 
 One of the first-fruits of that mission was Daniel Tudhku, a native of the Murray 
 River, who was for years a diligent workmen, a devout worshipper, and a zealous pro- 
 moter of the Gospel. The last character he fulfilled by visiting his countrymen, and 
 bringing in all whom he could persuade to come and receive instruction at the station. 
 When that man was on his death-bed, the ruling passion of his life was strongly ex- 
 pressed in his prayer that a mission might be established on the Murray, for the benefit of 
 his tribe. At the last he gave a remarkable proof of his faith and patience : — As he was 
 evidently in great pain, those who stood by expressed their concern for him, on which he 
 said — " Oh ! there's no cause for impatience ; this is the Lord's doing ; let him do what 
 seemeth him good." 
 
 Poor Harry ! I must not end this chapter without a word or two about him. "When 
 I was preaching on the Upper Paterson, in 1851, he was working as a boy for Mr. 
 Alexander Cameron, a highland farmer, then tenant of Gruygallon, now cultivating his 
 own property on the Dingo Creek, Manning River. Harry had been brought down from 
 the Namoi to Maitland, about 400 miles, by some carriers ; and found his way from 
 Maitland up the Paterson. Cameron and his wife treated him very kindly, and he was 
 content to stay with them and make himself useful. He used to come in with the small 
 congregation that gathered in their house, to the evening service, once a fortnight. He 
 was pleased at being recognised as one for whom the minister cared : and I found that 
 by merely acting on the rule — " honour all men" — treating him as a fellow-creature, I 
 had won his friendship. About four years afterwards I met him in the district of his 
 tribe, at Bungulgully, near the Namoi. He had heard of my coming and went out on the 
 track to meet me. His countenance expressed his joy. He gave me help in learning 
 Kamilaroi, and listened with earnest attention to my endeavours to express, in his native 
 tongue, the thought, " murruba Immanuel ; kamil naragedul murruba yealokwai nerma" 
 (good is Immanuel; there is not another good like him), and the facts that prove the 
 truth of that assertion to a simple mind. 
 
 "When I went down the Namoi in 1871, there was no one else of whom I thought 
 so much as Harry of Bungulgully, my first and most hopeful friend among the Australian 
 Aborigines. When I came to the place, I found that he had been accidentally killed. 
 The curse of Aborigines, and settlers too, in many instances — rum — was the occasion of 
 the accident. After drinking at a public-house till his brain was confused, he leapt on 
 his horse and rode full gallop under a tree, with the arm of which his head came in con- 
 tact. Poor Harry ! it shall be more tolerable for thee in the day of judgment than for 
 many who have abused greater advantages. 
 
A PARTING WORD FOR THE RACE OF MURRI. 
 
 J^ltlHE recent history of the race into whose life and thoughts some glimpses are 
 offered in the preceding pages is so entwined with that of the progress of the British 
 people in Australia that it should not be difficult to awaken an interest in their behalf. 
 
 It has been the misfortune of the Murri and kindred tribes, as it was of the 
 Carribee, the Delaware, and the Hottentot, to be found in the way of European 
 colonization ; and the Murri have not seen the white man take possession of their territory 
 without many an attempt (by deeds of cunning and of blood) to stop the invasion and 
 to avenge the injury. It would be easy to gather from the records of British colonization 
 in Australia many instances of horrid crimes committed by the Aborigines. They are, in 
 fact, partakers of the worst passions of human nature. But it must not be forgotten 
 that among the people of British origin who have come to settle upon the land formerly 
 occupied by Murri alone, have been some whose crimes against the Aborigines were at 
 least equal in atrocity to theirs. In short, there has been war, and along certain Hues of 
 Australian territory there is still war, between the Colonists and the Aborigines. In this 
 warfare cunning and ferocity have been developed j and the remembrance of what cunning 
 and ferocity have done tends to make the Colonists slow to recognize any characteristics 
 of an opposite kind in the blacks. There has been a tendency to seek reasons for 
 believing that these people are not of the same species as ourselves. And even in a 
 volume of Gospel Sermons the assertion has been, somewhat oracularly, published to the 
 world, that for the Aborigines there is no immortality, that they have no idea of God, 
 no devout feeling, nor any capacity for such thoughts and feelings. 
 
 It has, however been shown, in this book, out of their own mouths, from their songs 
 and their cherished traditions, that they are by no means destitute of some qualities in which 
 civilized men glory — such as the power of inventing tragic and sarcastic fiction, the thirst 
 for religious mystery, stoical contempt of pain, and reverence for departed friends and 
 ancestors. It may even be affirmed, with some reason, that they have handed down with 
 reverential care, through many generations, a fragment of primeval revelation. The 
 manner in which they have displayed these characteristics presents to us such a strange 
 mixture of wisdom and folly, of elevating and degrading thoughts, of interesting and of 
 repulsive traditions, of pathetic and grotesque observances, — that, in order to account for 
 the apparent contradictions, we must have recourse to the supposition of an ancient 
 civilization from which this race has fallen, but of which they have retained some 
 memorials. 
 
172 A PARTING WORD FOR THE RACE OF MURRI. 
 
 The dark side of this people has not been concealed in this book. Their degrading 
 customs and their brutal crimes have been spoken of. A very large book might be filled 
 with instances in which Australian Aborigines have exercised the nobler qualities of 
 man, as faithful servants and true friends of Europeans. In no branch of the Human 
 Family can there be found more convincing proofs of gratitude and affection. Many a 
 settler and traveller could relate instances of blacks who, when once assured that a 
 white man was their friend indeed, held to him in danger and distress with unalterable 
 attachment. The faithfulness with which Jacky Jacky attended the explorer Kennedy 
 in his last hours, which has been commemorated by the Muses of History and Painting, 
 is by no means a solitary case of devoted attachment. 
 
 Many a lost English child has been saved from a miserable end in the bush by the 
 earnest and clever search of aboriginal trackers ; many a colonist has been rescued from 
 the floods by aboriginal swimmers ; and many a time has the poison injected by a snake- 
 bite been sucked from a wounded settler by a blackfellow. There have been instances 
 at different mission stations, of Aborigines who manifested in their lives a good under- 
 standing of the principles of the Christian Eaith, and a conscientious resolution to fulfil 
 its obligations. As for the artistic part of worship, a congregation assembled in St. 
 Phillip's, one of the episcopal churches of Sydney, has heard approvingly the sacred 
 music of the service, without knowing until afterwards the fact that an aboriginal 
 organist was leading their devotions. 
 
 Hitherto, it must be confessed, British colonization has done much to destroy, and 
 British Christianity has done little to save, the Aborigines of Australia. Sometimes 
 effort for their good is discouraged by the anticipation of their speedy extinction. 
 But this too popular theory of the speedy extinction of the Aboriginal race must be 
 modified, if not negatived by such a sight as I have seen, and as may still be seen in 
 some parts of New South Wales, — an assembly of hundreds of them, including dozens of 
 hoary heads, and dozens of infants at the breast. 
 
 When the Christianity we profess has become a living and a ruling power in the 
 British Australian community, — when the questions concerning different ecclesiastical 
 traditions and rules, which at present engross too .large a proportion of our zeal, have 
 given place to a supreme desire that the will of God may be done upon earth, — it will be 
 one of the objects which the Australian Church will seek with the most intense earnest- 
 ness, to convey to the remnant of the race of Murri and to their kindred, from Cape York 
 to Cape Leuwin, the knowledge of the love of Him who gave himself a ransom for all. 
 
 Sydney : Thomas Richards, Government Printer.— 1875. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE 
 STAMPED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN 
 THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY 
 WILL INCREASE TO 50 CENTS ON THE FOURTH 
 DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY 
 OVERDUE. 
 
 AUG 137 1M* 
 
 APR 2 7 1970 7 fl 
 
 tftVlN&IO 
 
 • ->R % 1970 
 
 (SAN MMWNBO 
 
 
 RFC!) LP JUL 2 3 
 
 JUN OH I9P ( 
 
 — 
 
 72 -2 PM 2 8 
 
 MAY 1 fa »» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 LD21-100m-7,'33 
 
 m 
 
 W^MFSSmE 
 
 Eks ■■»>,'.% '' i i; 
 
 WJffiffiBffli ^Sli 
 
 8&-«?>i8i 
 
 iHiMHLij' TlMC 
 
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 vm 
 
 C00S282bM3 
 
 •'- '"-..■"■■■'■■■ ■■ 
 
 V "•,:■'■-■"••.■, ■ 
 
 -■"•■■■".■■'■.■■ 
 
 19113